international islamic university malaysia iium (international islamic university malaysia) engineering journal chief editor ahmad faris ismail, iium, malaysia. technical editor md. noor bin salleh, iium, malaysia. executive editor waqar asrar, iium, malaysia. associate editor anis nurashikin nordin, iium, malaysia. language editor lynn mason, iium, malaysia. copy editor hamzah mohd. salleh, iium, malaysia. editorial board members a.k.m nurul amin, iium, malaysia abdullah al-mamun, iium, malaysia abdumalik rakhimov, iium, malaysia amir akramin shafie, iium, malaysia erwin sulaeman, iium, malaysia hanafy omar, saudi arabia hazleen anuar, iium, malaysia konstantin khanin, university of toronto, canada luis le moyne, university of burgundy, france ma'an al-khatib, iium, malaysia md zahangir alam, iium, malaysia meftah hrairi, iium, malaysia mohammed konneh, iium, malaysia mohammad s. alam, university of south alabama, united states mustafizur rahman, national university singapore, singapore nurul fadzlin hasbullah, iium, malaysia ossama abdulkhalik, michigan technological university, united states rosminazuin ab. rahim, iium, malaysia aims & scope of iium engineering journal the iium engineering journal, published biannually, is a carefully refereed international publication of international islamic university malaysia (iium). contributions of high technical merit within the span of engineering disciplines; covering the main areas of engineering: electrical and computer engineering; mechanical and manufacturing engineering; automation and mechatronics engineering; material and chemical engineering; environmental and civil engineering; biotechnology and bioengineering; engineering mathematics and physics; and computer science and information technology are considered for publication in this journal. contributions from other areas of engineering and applied science are also welcomed. the iium engineering journal publishes contributions under regular papers, invited review papers, short communications, technical notes, and letters to the editor (no page charge). book reviews, reports of and/or call for papers of conferences, symposia and meetings, and advances in research equipment could also be published in iium engineering journal with minimum charges. referees’ network all papers submitted to iium engineering journal will be subjected to a rigorous reviewing process through a worldwide network of specialized and competent referees. each accepted paper should have at least two positive referees’ assessments. submission of a manuscript a manuscript should be submitted online to the iium-engineering journal website: journals.iium.edu.my/ejournal. further correspondence on the status of the paper could be done through the journal website and the e-mail addresses of the executive editor: waqar@iium.edu.my faculty of engineering, international islamic university malaysia (iium), p.o. box 10, 50728, kuala lumpur, malaysia. phone: (603) 6196 4482, fax: (603) 6196 4853. journals.iium.edu.my/ejournal mailto:waqar@iium.edu.my iium (international islamic university malaysia) engineering journal international advisory committee tibor czigany yiu-wing mai luis le moyne, isat, university of burgundy, france razi nalim, iupui, indianapolis, indiana, united states farzad ismail, usm, pulau pinang, malaysia ossama abdulkhalik, michigan technological university, united states a. anwar, united states abdul latif bin ahmad, malaysia hanafy omar, saudi arabia hany ammar, united states idris mohammed bugaje, nigeria k.b. ramachandran, india kunzu abdella, canada m mujtaba, united kingdom mohamed ai-rubei, ireland mohamed b trabia, united states mohammad s. alam, university of south alabama, united states m. nazmul karim, united states syed kamrul islam, united states published by: iium journal publication, international islamic university malaysia p.o. box 10, 50728 kuala lumpur, malaysia tel: 03 6207 3507/3503/3502, fax: (+603) 6196-6298 e-mail: journal_press@iium.edu.my website: http://journals.iium.edu.my printed by: perniagaan normahs no 3, 5 & 7, jalan 12/10, taman koperasi polis fasa 1, 68100 mukim batu, batu caves, kuala lumpur, malaysia. whilst every effort is made by the publisher and editorial board to see that no inaccurate or misleading data, opinion or statement appears in this journal, they wish to make it clear that the data and opinions appearing in the articles and advertisement herein are the responsibility of the contributor or advertiser concerned. accordingly, the publisher and the editorial committee accept no liability whatsoever for the consequence of any such inaccurate or misleading data, opinion or statement. microsoft word 178-990-1-ed-1 completed iium engineering journal, vol. 12, no. 4, 2011: special issue on biotechnology hayyan et al. 37 utilizing of 1-hexyl-1-methyl-pyrrolidinium bis (trifluoromethyl-sulfonyl) imide as medium for electrochemical generation of superoxide ion-radical maan hayyan 1,2 , farouq s. mjalli 1,3 , mohd ali hashim 1,2 and inas m. alnashef 4 1 university of malaya centre for ionic liquids (umcil), university of malaya, 50603 kuala lumpur, malaysia. 2 department of chemical engineering, university of malaya, 50603 kuala lumpur, malaysia 3 petroleum & chemical engineering department, sultan qaboos university, muscat 123, oman 4 chemical engineering department, king saud university, riyadh, saudi arabia. maan_hayyan@yahoo.com abstract: the superoxide ion-radical was generated and analysed electrochemically using cyclic voltammetry (cv) technique from oxygen dissolved in a room-temperature ionic liquid, 1-hexyl-1-methyl-pyrrolidinium bis (trifluoromethylsulfonyl) imide, at atmospheric pressure. it was found that the generated superoxide ion was stable which indicates its possible use for further useful applications. abstrak: ion radikal superoksida dihasil dan dianalisa secara elektrokimia menggunakan teknik voltammetri berkitar (cyclic voltammetry (cv)) daripada oksigen yang dilarutkan dalam larutan ionik pada suhu bilik, 1-hexyl-1-methyl-pyrrolidinium bis (trifluoromethylsulfonyl) imida, pada tekanan atmosfera. didapati bahawa ion superoksida yang terhasil adalah stabil. ini menunjukkan ia berkemungkinan berguna dalam aplikasi lain. keywords: superoxide ion; ionic liquid; cyclic voltammetry; pyrrolidinium 1. introduction ionic liquids are finding widespread use as alternative for conventional solvents in a variety of applications, including liquid–liquid extraction, fuel and solar cells, organometallic synthesis, electrochemical devices, capacitors, lubricants, stationary phases for chromatography; matrices for mass spectrometry, supports for the immobilization of enzymes, in separation technologies, as liquid crystals, templates for synthesis nanomaterials and materials for tissue preservation, in preparation of polymer–gel catalytic membranes, biphasic catalysis, and in generation of high conductivity materials. they have unique properties such as high electrical conductivity, wide temperature range of the liquid state, thermal stability, and low volatility. moreover, because of their intrinsic conductivity and wide electrochemical windows, they have been utilized in a wide range of electrochemical applications [1-8]. one of these important applications is utilizing ils as alternative media for the reduction of o2 into superoxide ion-radical (o2 •) [9-14]. alnashef et al. is the first team who has reported the evidence of the electrochemical generation of stable o2 • in the ionic liquid, [bmim][pf6] [10-11]. subsequently, other ils iium engineering journal, vol. 12, no. 4, 2011: special issue on biotechnology hayyan et al. 38 have been investigated comprising different structures of cations and anions such as trifluoromethylsulfonyl imide, tetrafluoroborate, hexafluorophosphate and chloroaluminate, combining with imidazolium, phsphnium or ammonium cations [9-17]. 2. experimental and materials scheme 1 shows the structures of the cation and anion that make up the il 1-hexyl-1methyl-pyrrolidinium bis (trifluoromethylsulfonyl) imide, [hmpyrr][n(tf)2], (for synthesis, merck) which selected for this study. the molecular weight is 452.44 g/mol, and the formula is (c13h24f6n2o4s2). scheme 1: the structure of [hmpyrr][n(tf)2]. cyclic voltammetry (cv) tests were performed in [hmpyrr][n(tf)2]. the il was dried overnight in a vacuum oven at 50 ° c. the electrochemistry was performed using potentiostat/galvanostat controlled by computer and data acquisition software. cvs can be conducted in a one compartment cell since the time of the experiment is relatively small to affect the ils. glassy carbon electrode (3 mm diameter) was used as working electrode, and platinum electrode was used as a counter electrode, while ag/agcl electrode was used as a reference electrode. all experiments were performed in a dry glove box under either an argon or helium atmosphere. prior to superoxide ion-radical generation, a nitrogen sparge was used while obtaining a background voltammogram. oxygen was then bubbled through the system for at least 30 minutes to allow sufficient solubilization. between consecutive cv runs, oxygen was bubbled briefly to refresh the system with oxygen and to remove any concentration gradients. nitrogen or oxygen sparging must be discontinued during the cv data acquisition. 3. results and discussion the electrochemical window (fig. 1), shows a wide potential range which indicates the feasibility of use this il for many electrochemical applications, one of them is electrochemical generation of o2 •, due to its stability at ± (-1) v the generation of o2 • occurs by reduction of o2. figure 1 illustrates that the potential range is about 5.67 v, this is can be attributed to the existence of pyrrolidinium cation and trifluoromethylsulfonyl anion, since this type of il proves its wide electrochemical window [18]. figure 2 shows the cyclic voltammograms for the one-electron reduction of o2 to o2 •. the reduction peak was found to be within (-1 to -1.4 v), table 1, from 9 mv/s till 144 mv/s. the presence of the backward peak (oxidation peak) confirms that the generated superoxide is stable. the negligible background cv in the presence of nitrogen indicates that the il is electrochemically stable in this range of potential (0 to -1.5 v). it can be stated in fig 2 the difference between the reduction and oxidation peaks changed with scan rate. this indicates that the electrochemical generation of the superoxide ion in the studied ils is not reversible. this is consistent with the electrochemistry of a kinetically irreversible soluble redox couple [19]. iium engineering journal, vol. 12, no. 4, 2011: special issue on biotechnology hayyan et al. 39 potential vs. ag/agcl (v) -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 c u rr e n t d e n s it y ( m a /c m 2 ) -1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0 fig. 1: electrochemical window of [hmpyrr][n(tf)2]. potential vs. ag/agcl (v) -1.5-1.0-0.50.0 c u rr e n t d e n s it y ( m a /c m 2 ) -0.4 -0.2 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 144 mv/s 100 mv/s 81 mv/s 64 mvs 36 mv/s 9 mv/s background fig. 2: cvs for various scan rates (mv/s) with oxygen and nitrogen (background) in [hmpyrr][n(tf)2]. table 1: the current and potential of reduction peak in cvs. scan rate (mv/s) current peak (a) x10 -5 potential peak (v) 9 1.02 -1.019 36 2.60 -1.207 64 3.06 -1.254 81 3.40 -1.308 100 3.65 -1.342 144 4.38 -1.426 4. conclusion stable superoxide ion-radical was generated in [hmpyrr][n(tf)2]. cyclic voltammetry technique was used to investigate the stability of o2 •, the combined of pyrrolidinium cation with trifluoromethylsulfonyl anion were confirmed their capacity to be a good medium as ionic liquid for the electrochemical generation of o2 •. iium engineering journal, vol. 12, no. 4, 2011: special issue on biotechnology hayyan et al. 40 acknowledgement the authors thank the university of malaya centre for ionic liquids (umcil) for supporting this research and the national plan for science, technology, and innovation in king saud university for their financial assistance through project no. 10-env1010-02. references [1] t. welton, room temperature ionic liquids: solvents for synthesis and catalysis, chem. rev. 99, 2071–2084, 1999. [2] p. wassersheid and t. welton, “ionic liquids in synthesis” wiley–vch, weinheim, 2003. [3] r. d. rogers, m. smiglak, a. melten, “the second evolution of ionic liquids: from solvents and separations to advanced materials-energetic examples from the ionic liquid”. accoun.chem. res. 40, 1182-1192, 2007. [4] z. zhengxi, g. a. o. xuhui, , y. li, “electrochemical properties of room temperature ionic liquids incorporating bf4 and tfsi anions as green electrolytes”. chinese science bulletin 50, 18, 2005. [5] f. endres, d. macfarlane, a. abbott, “electrodeposition from ionic liquids”, wiley-vch, 2008. [6] s. o'toole, s. pentlavalli, a. p. doherty, “behavior of electrogenerated bases in roomtemperature ionic liquids”. j. phys. chem. b, 111, pp. 9281-9287, 2007. [7] d. s. silvester, e. i. rogers, l. e. barrosse-antle, t. l. broder, r. g. compton, “the electrochemistry of simple inorganic molecules in room temperature ionic liquids”. journal of the brazilian chemical society 19, 611-620, 2008. [8] m. c. buzzeo, c. hardacre, r. g. compton, “extended electrochemical windows made accessible by room temperature ionic liquid/organic solvent electrolyte systems”. chemphyschem, 7, 176-180, 2006. [9] m. t. carter, c. l. hussey, s. k. d. strubinger, r. a. osteryoung, “electrochemical reduction of dioxygen in room-temperature imidazolium chloride-aluminum chloride molten salts”, inorg. chem., 30, 1149, 1991. [10] i. m. alnashef, m. l. leonard, m. c. kittle, m. a. matthews, j. w. weidner, “electrochemical generation of superoxide in room-temperature ionic liquids, electrochem”. solid-state lett. 4, d16, 2001. [11] i. m. alnashef , m. l. leonard, m. c. kittle, m. a. matthews, j. w. weidner, “superoxide electrochemistry in an ionic liquid”, ind. eng. chem. res. 41, 4475, 2002. [12] m. c. buzzeo, o. v. klymenko, j. d. wadhawan, c. hardacre, k. r. seddon, and r. g. compton, “voltammetry of oxygen in the room-temperature ionic liquids 1-ethyl-3methylimidazolium bis ((trifluoromethyl) sulfonyl) imide and hexyltriethylammonium bis ((trifluoromethyl) sulfonyl) imide: one-electron reduction to form superoxide. steady-state and transient behavior in the same cyclic voltammogram resulting from widely different diffusion coefficients of oxygen and superoxide”, j. phys. chem. a, 107, 8872, 2003. [13] y. katayama, h. onodera, m. yamagata, and t. miura, “electrochemical reduction of oxygen in some hydrophobic room-temperature molten salt systems”, j. electrochem. soc., 151, a59, 2004. [14] r. g. evans, o. v. klymenko, s. a. saddoughi, c. hardacre, and r. g. compton, “electroreduction of oxygen in a series of room temperature ionic liquids composed of group 15-centered cations and anions”. j. phys. chem. b, 108, 7878, 2004. [15] m. c. buzzeo, c. hardacre, and r. c. compton, “kinetic analysis of the reaction between electrogenerated superoxide and carbon dioxide in the room temperature ionic liquids 1ethyl-3-methylimidazolium bis (trifluoromethylsulfonyl) imide and hexyltriethylammonium bis (trifluoromethylsulfonyl) imide”. anal. chem., 76, 4583 2004. [16] d. zhang, t. okajima, f. matsumoto, and t. ohsaka, “electroreduction of dioxygen in 1-nalkyl-3-methylimidazolium tetrafluoroborate room-temperature ionic liquids”. j. electrochem. soc., 151, d31, 2004. iium engineering journal, vol. 12, no. 4, 2011: special issue on biotechnology hayyan et al. 41 [17] m. m. islam, t. imase, t. okajima, m. takahashi, y. niikura, n. kawashima, y. nakamura, and t. ohsaka, “stability of superoxide ion in imidazolium cation-based roomtemperature ionic liquids”. j. phys. chem. a, 113, 912–916, 2009. [18] y. katayama, k. sekiguchi, m. yamagata, and t. miura, “electrochemical behavior of oxygen/superoxide ion couple in 1-butyl-1-methylpyrrolidinium bis (trifluoromethylsulfonyl) imide room-temperature molten salt”. j. electrochem. soc., 152, 8, e247-e250, 2005. [19] a. j. bard, l. r. faulkner, “electrochemical methods: fundamentals and applications”, wiley new york, 2001. microsoft word 185-788-1-ed completed iium engineering journal, vol. 12, no. 4, 2011: special issue on biotechnology shariful islam et al. 67 enhanced cancer cell (hela) killing efficacy of mixed αlpha and gamma iron oxide superparamagnetic nanoparticles under combined ac (alternating current) magnetic-field and photoexcitation md. shariful islam 1 , yoshihumi kusumoto 1* , md. abdulla al-mamun 1 and yuji horie 2 1 department of chemistry and bioscience, 2 department of electrical and electronics engineering, graduate school of science and engineering, kagoshima university, 1-21-35 korimoto, kagoshima 890-0065, japan. horie@eee.kagoshima-u.ac.jp; kusumoto@sci.kagoshima-u.ac.jp abstract: we synthesized mixed α and γ-fe2o3 nanoparticles and investigated their toxic effects against hela cells under induced ac (alternating current) magnetic-fields and photoexcited conditions at room temperature. the findings revealed that the cellkilling percentage was increased with increasing dose for all types of treatments. finally, 99% cancer cells were destructed at 1.2 ml dose when exposed to combined ac magnetic-field and photoexcited conditions (t3) whereas 89 and 83 % of hela cells were killed under only ac magnetic-field induced (t1) or only photoexcited (t2) condition at the same dose. abstrak: campuran α dan zarah γ-fe2o3 bersaiz nano disintesiskan dan kesan toksidnya terhadap sel hela dikaji dibawah aruhan medan magnet arus ulang-alik (alternating current (ac)) dan keadaan photoexcited (proses ransangan atom atau molekul suatu bahan dengan penyerapan tenaga sinaran) pada suhu bilik. penemuan mendedahkan bahawa peratusan sel yang musnah bertambah dengan pertambahan dos untuk semua jenis rawatan. akhirnya, 99% sel kanser dimusnahkan pada kadar dos 1.2ml setelah didedahkan terhadap kombinasi medan magnet ac dan keadaan photoexcited (t3) dimana 89% dan 83% sel hela dimusnahkan dengan hanya di bawah aruhan medan magnet ac (t1) atau hanya pada keadaan photoexcited (t2) pada kadar dos yang sama. keywords: cancer; hyperthermia; iron oxide nanoparticles; heat dissipation, cytotoxicity; hela cell 1. introduction preferential heating of certain organs or tissues to temperatures between 41 °c and 46 °c for cancer therapy is called " hyperthermia ". higher temperatures up to 56 °c, which yield widespread necrosis, coagulation or carbonization (depending on temperature) is called "thermo-ablation" [1]. magnetic iron oxide nanoparticles and their dispersions in various media have long been of scientific and technological interest. maghemite (γfe2o3) is biocompatible and therefore is one of the most extensively used biomaterials for different applications like cell separation, drug delivery in cancer therapy, magnetic induced hyperthermia, mri contrast agent, immunomagnetic separation and others [2]. hematite has been used as photocatalyst for the degradation of chlorophenol and azo dyes iium engineering journal, vol. 12, no. 4, 2011: special issue on biotechnology shariful islam et al. 68 [3] whereas maghemite and magnetite/carbon composites have been found to be useful for reducing the amount of undesirable n2 in fuel oil [4]. superparamagnetic nanoparticles when exposed to an alternating magnetic field can be used to heat tumor cells to 4145 °c, where damage for normal tissues is reversible while the tumor cells are irreversibly damaged [5]. in an alternating magnetic field, induced currents are generated in metallic objects, and as a consequence, heat is generated in the metal. thus, when a magnetic fluid is exposed to an alternating magnetic field, the particles become powerful heat sources, destroying tumor cells since these cells are more sensitive to temperatures in excess of 41 °c than their normal counterparts [6]. in view of these, in this report we describe a method for the synthesis of superparamagnetic magnetite (fe3o4) nanoparticles with modification of the method as described by omoike [7]. then, fe3o4 was transferred into mixed α and γ-fe2o3 superparamagnetic nanoparticles with modification of the method as described by sun et al. [8]. in our study, as-synthesized mixed α and γ-fe2o3 nanoparticles were applied to hela cancer cell killing in different ways such as ac (alternating current) magneticfield induction (t1), photoexcitation (t2) and combination of both (t3) to evaluate their cancer cell-killing potentiality. 2. experimental 2.1 materials and methods typical syntheses of magnetic nanoparticles (mnps) were carried out by using the reaction between fe 2+ and fe 3+ in co-precipitation method [8]. in this experiment, chemicals used for synthesis of mnps were fecl3, hcl, 25% nh3 solution (wako pure chemical industries ltd., japan) and fecl2 (strem chemicals, newburyport). for hela cell culture, phosphate buffer saline (pbs), new born calf serum (nbs) (invitrogen corporation, gibco), enzyme trypsine-edta (gibco) solution, 0.5% trypan blue stain solution (nacalai tesque, inc., kyoto, japan) and minimum essential medium (mem) solution (sigma) were purchased and used as received. 2.2 synthesis and formation of mnps by co-precipitation method in a typical co-precipitation method, fecl3 (2.6 g) and fecl2 (1.3 g) were dissolved in nitrogen gas (n2) purged 2.0 m hydrochloric acid solution and magnetically stirred under a continuous flow of n2. the mixture was heated at 70°c for 30 min and again heated for another 5 min under a blanket of n2. ammonia was added drop by drop to precipitate the mnps and the black product formed was treated hydrothermally at 70°c for 30 min. the resulting nanoparticles were subsequently separated from the reaction media under a magnetic field and washed three times with millipore water before drying. finally the mnps were oven dried at 70°c for 3 h to get fe3o4. it is well known that fe3o4 can be oxidized to γ-fe2o3, which can be further transformed into α-fe2o3 at higher temperature [7]. in this report, we simply transferred the fe3o4 (fig. 1a) to mixed αand γ-fe2o3 superparamagnetic nanoparticles by annealing it at 400°c for 6 h in the presence of oxygen. 3. structure and magnetic characterization the as-synthesized mnps were characterized using xrd, fe-sem and tem. ac magnetic field induced heating capability of mnps were performed to observe the hyperthermia potentiality of the mixed α and γ-fe2o3 by dispersing the nanoparticles in distilled water as well as in a mem and magnetic hysteresis loops were measured by superconducting quantum interference device (squid, quantum design mpms-5). iium engineering journal, vol. 12, no. 4, 2011: special issue on biotechnology shariful islam et al. 69 fig. 1: xrd patterns of fe3o4 (a) and mixed α and γ-fe2o3 (b) and particle size distribution of mixed α and γ-fe2o3 obtained from tem data with approximation by a normal distribution (inset). 4. in-vitro cytoxicity and anti-cancer assay hela cells provided by the riken brc through the national bio-resource project of the mext, japan were cultured in mem solution with 10% nbs in a humidified incubator with an atmosphere of 5% co2 in air at 37°c for 3 days. the in vitro cytotoxicity and anti-cancer effect of the mixed iron oxide nanoparticles against the hela cell line was evaluated by a trypan blue exclusion method [9]. in the experiment, the alternative current (ac) magnetic-field was created by using a magnetic oscillator with desired frequency and strength of 560 khz and 5.0 ka/m, respectively, and a xenon lamp (cermax 300-w lx300f, usa, ilc) with heat cut-off and band-pass filters (350–600 nm) with an average intensity of 30 mw cm -2 was used for the light irradiation on hela cells. the light power was measured by a spectroradiometer (model ls-100, eko instrument co. ltd.). a table rotator was used for the petri dish to ensure the homogeneous light irradiation on the cells and temperature increment for the every dish was measured by a digital thermometer (sato keiryoki, model sk-250wp іі-r). to investigate the cytotoxicity of synthesized nanomaterials, one dish was used as control without any nanomaterials and the other five dishes were treated with different doses, like 0.2, 0.4, 0.8, 1.0 and 1.2 ml of nanoparticles colloidal solution per 5 ml of mem solution where the actual colloidal solution concentration was 10 mg/ml. a haemocytometer was used to estimate the total number of viable cells. 5. results and discussion superparamagnetic fe3o4 nanoparticles prepared by the co-precipitation method had high crystallization and good magnetic properties. sem and tem images (fig. 2a, 2b) showed that the mean particle size was ca. 15 nm. the as-synthesized fe3o4 nanoparticles were transferred to mixed αand γ-fe2o3 superparamagnetic nanoparticles by annealing it iium engineering journal, vol. 12, no. 4, 2011: special issue on biotechnology shariful islam et al. 70 at 400°c for 6 h in the presence of oxygen (fig. 1) with the high crystallinity and mean particle size of ca. 15 nm (in set in fig. 1, fig. 2c, 2d). fig. 2: sem images of fe3o4 (a) and mixed α and γ-fe2o3 (c) and tem images of fe3o4 (b) and mixed α and γ-fe2o3 (d), respectively. figure 1 shows x-ray diffraction (xrd) plots of the fe3o4 (a), mixed iron (iii) oxide (αand γ-fe2o3) (b) nanoparticles of optimum properties. heat dissipation of magnetic particles was evaluated by using an ac magnetic field generator. the heats generated from three distinct treatments (t1, t2 and t3) were evaluated by exposing various doses of mixed iron oxide mnps suspension dispersed in a mem to an ac magnetic field. the temperature increment of magnetite nanoparticles suspensions against different doses is shown in fig. 3. the results revealed that highest temperature increment was obtained 48.7 °c under combined ac magnetic-field induced and photoexcited (t3) conditions at dose of 1.2 ml whereas for only ac magnetic field induced (t1) or only photoexcited (t2) condition the temperature increment was 45.5 °c and 37.1°c, respectively. similar results were reported by atsumi et al. [10] that maximum heat dissipation was observed for the mnps suspension with an average particle diameter of 14 nm, synthesized by the coprecipitation method. the toxic effect of mixed iron oxide nanoparticles was obtained by counting the percentage of viable cells after all the treatments (fig. 4). the cancer cell viability was 59, 62 and 41 % for t1, t2 and t3, respectively, at a dose of 0.2 ml. similarly the findings (fig. 4) revealed the cell killing percentage was increased with increasing dose for all types of treatments. finally, 99% cancer cells were destructed at a dose of 1.2 ml when exposed to combined ac magnetic-field induced and photoexcited conditions (t3) whereas 89 and 83 % of hela cells were killed in only ac magnetic-field induced (t1) or only photoexcited (t2) condition at the same dose (fig. 4). however, instrumentation modeling of acmagnetic field and photoexcitation, for the first time used by us indicates that ca.15 nm (fig. 1, inset) mixed iron oxide mnps have maximum heating rates as well as cancer (hela) cell killing efficacy within the biologically safe frequency range. to the best of our understanding, the mechanism or reason for 99% hela cell killing under t3 condition can iium engineering journal, vol. 12, no. 4, 2011: special issue on biotechnology shariful islam et al. 71 be ascribed to the combined or synergistic effect of ac magnetic-field induced hyperthermia and photocatalytic cytotoxicity. fig. 3: heat dissipation capability of mixed iron oxide nanoparticles under different conditions. fig. 4: cancer cell killing efficacy of mixed iron oxide nanoparticles under three distinct conditions. error bars are the standard errors. 6. conclusions we described the synthesis of superparamagnetic magnetite nanoparticles and the phase transfer to the mixed α and γ-fe2o3 phase which due to their uniformity and monodispersity appear ideal for ac-magnetic field induced hyperthermia applications. to the best of our knowledge, for the first time we studied the cytotoxicity of mixed α and γfe2o3 nanoparticles under the ac magnetic-field induced and photoirradiated conditions with almost 100% cancer cell killing efficacy. iium engineering journal, vol. 12, no. 4, 2011: special issue on biotechnology shariful islam et al. 72 acknowledgement the present work was partly supported by grant-in-aid for scientific research (b) (no.19360367) from japan society for the promotion of science (jsps) and grant-in-aid for jsps fellows (no.20·00083). the authors are very happy to acknowledge to assistant professor hirotaka manaka, department of electrical and electronics engineering, graduate school of science and engineering, kagoshima university, for the analysis of the hysteresis loops of the prepared nanomaterials. references [1] a. jordan, r. scholz, p. wust, h. fähling, r. felix, “magnetic fluid hyperthermia (mfh): cancer treatment with ac magnetic field induced excitation of biocompatible superparamagnetic nanoparticles”. journal of magnetism and magnetic materials, vol. 201, 413-419, 1999. [2] m. chirita, i. grozescu, “fe2o3 – nanoparticles, physical properties and their photochemical and photoelectrochemical applications”. chem. bull. "politehnica" univ. (timisoara), vol. 54, no.68, 1, 2009. [3] j. bandara, u. klehm, j. kiwi, “raschig rings-fe2o3 composite photocatalyst activate in the degradation of 4-chlorophenol and orange ii under daylight irradiation”. applied catalysis b: environmental, vol.76, 73-81, 2007. [4] m. brebu, m.a. uddin, a. muto, y. sakata, c. vasile, “catalytic degradation of acrylonitrile−butadiene−styrene into fuel oil 1. the effect of iron oxides on the distribution of nitrogen-containing compounds”. energy & fuels, vol. 15, 559-564, 2001. [5] t. neuberger, b. schopf, h. hofmann, m. hofmann, b. von rechenberg, “superparamagnetic nanoparticles for biomedical applications: possibilities and limitations of a new drug delivery system”. journal of magnetism and magnetic materials, vol. 293, no. 1, 483-496, 2005. [6] an-hui lu, e. l. salabas, s. ferdi, “magnetic nanoparticles: synthesis, protection, functionalization, and application”. angewandte chemie international edition, vol. 46, 1222-1244, 2007. [7] a. omoike, “synthesis and characterization of tannic acid functionalized magnetic nanoparticles”. acs symposium series 996, chapter 8, pp 90-107, 2008. [8] s. sun, h. zeng, d. b. robinson, s. raoux, p.m. rice, s. x. wang, g. li, “monodisperse mfe2o4 (m = fe, co, mn) nanoparticles”. journal of the american chemical society, vol. 126, no. 1, 273-279, 2004. [9] m. abdulla-al-mamun, y. kusumoto, a. mihata, m. s. islam, b. ahmmad, “plasmoninduced photothermal cell-killing effect of gold colloidal nanoparticles on epithelial carcinoma cells”. photochemical & photobiological sciences, vol. 8, 1125 -1129, 2009. [10] t. atsumi, b. jeyadevan, y. sato, k. tohji, “heating efficiency of magnetite particles exposed to ac magnetic field”. journal of magnetism and magnetic materials, vol. 310, 2841–2843, 2007. microsoft word 260 completed iium engineering journal, vol. 12, no. 5, 2011: special issue on science and ethics in engineering shuriye 203 muslim views on organ transplant abdi o. shuriye department of science in engineering, faculty of engineering, international islamic university malaysia, p.o. box 10, 50728 kuala lumpur, malaysia. shuriye@iium.edu.my abstract: in islamic worldview human cadaver is considered holy and sacred as of the living person. the human dignity bestowed on all mankind applies and it is extended to the corpse. for this reason, in the muslim world at least, organ transplant has been contentious process. this paper is a study on the procedures and ethical implications of organ transplant. it evaluates the islamic views on the issue. abstrak: pada panndangan islam, mayat manusia adalah suci dan mulia sebagaimana orang yang masih hidup. atas sebab ini, pemindahan organ dalam dunia islam memerlukan proses yang teliti. kertas ini mengkaji prosedur dan implikasi etika pemindahan organ dari sudut pandangan islam. keywords: organ transplant; ethics; religion;muslim views 1. introduction an organ transplant is a surgical operation in which a failing or damaged organ in the human body is removed and replaced with a functioning one. the donated organ may be from a deceased donor, a living donor. the objective of this paper is to thrash out both cadaveric and living organ transplants. the significance of this research is that it studies the issue from the perspective of the qur’an [1]. the research contends that religious and ethical predicaments in organ transplantation relate to religious beliefs, organ donation process, organ allocation to recipients, and commercialization and shortages of human organs. 2. the nature and background of organ transplant originally the term organ is derived from a greek term organon which denotes tool or instrument. transplant as a term refers to move or transfer something to another place or situation, with some effort or upheaval [2]. specific usage of transplant refers to moving living tissue or an organ and implant them in another part of the body or in another body as it indicates the operation in which an organ or tissue is transplanted, or a person or a thing which has been moved to a new place or situation [3]. the combination of the two terms organ and transplantation, or organogenesis as it is also known, gives the meaning of moving part of the biological organism from certain place in the body to another place or from another person or animal to another. in other words organ transplant would mean taking an organ from one person through surgery and then placed into another person whose own organ has failed because of illness or injury. historically speaking, transplantation of living tissues and organs has begun in the nineteenth century; j.l. reverdin triumphantly described in 1869 skin grafts and c. iium engineering journal, vol. 12, no. 5, 2011: special issue on science and ethics in engineering shuriye 204 tiersch systemized it. these were however, transplantations of tissue within the same patient. it was soon applied into the treatment of server burns and repair skin defects. however, in late 1880s treatment centres made certain attempts to test tissues by using skins of cadavers or of amputated limbs though there was no concrete result from such experiments. then by late 1930s, e. ullmann of vienna, experimented on autotransplantation of parts of the intestine in the heterotypic sites, which later marked the beginning of living organ transplantation [3, 4]. 3. the process of organ transplant obviously, in order for a candidate to receive an organ, a donor has to be available. in cases like bone marrow, some kidney transplants and a small number of liver transplants, the donor may be a person who shares the same compatibility of tissue and immune system responses that creates a match. when an organ becomes available for donation, the organ is offered to the candidate that is the best match, based on the criteria set by the given organization, including the waited period, medical history, and severity of the illness. note that once removed from the body, organs can only be stored for a short period of time. for the purpose of the process of kidney transplantation blood test be run for urea nitrogen, also urine output is necessary, this is done without neglecting the health status of the patient [3]. one of the methods to excise the renal from the donor is laparoscopy [5]. laparoscopy is done, under anesthetic condition, by making a small incision next to the navel. a laparoscope is passed through the peritoneum, a membranous sac lining the abdominal cavity. the abdomen is swelled by passing carbon dioxide or nitrous oxide gas into the peritoneal cavity. the organs are then, in this case, recovered from the donor [5]. in performing heart transplantation two current types of procedures are identified; the orthotopic and heterotopic approaches. the choice between these two procedures highly depends on the patients themselves and the time consumption for each approach differs from one patient to another [5]. the orthotopic procedure involves replacing the recipient’s heart with the donor’s. in other words, the recipient’s damaged heart will be excised and removed for good. the donor’s heart must be transplanted into the recipient within four to five hours after it is removed, preserved and packed [5]. the heterotopic procedure does not involve removing the original heart. instead, the new heart received from the donor will be placed next to the damaged heart and it will function in parallel with the recipient’s original heart. despite this advantage of having a ‘back-up’ heart, this procedure is still rarely done compared to the orthotopic approach [5]. liver transplantation procedure was first attempted on human by dr. thomas starzl in 1963 and it underwent improvements in subsequent years, especially with the discovery of a better and promising immunosuppressant therapy. the recent rate of survival has encouragingly increased up to 73 percent per year [3]. methods used to perform liver transplantation are similar to the heart transplantation approaches i. e. orthotopic and heterotopic, with the same notion of either dissecting and removing the recipient’s old liver or leaving it were it is and adding in a new liver to function in parallel with the old one. lung transplantation is also an old method. although dr. hardy successfully performed in 1963, the first single lung transplant, the possibility of developing lung transplants was still very low and vague, as complications arise from organ rejection, iium engineering journal, vol. 12, no. 5, 2011: special issue on science and ethics in engineering shuriye 205 infection and insufficient healing hindered further success [3]. in the process the patient may have to undergo several regular checks on respiratory systems to detect and control failures before any other complications occur. the damaged lung is normally removed by excising it from the main blood vessel attachments to the heart and bronchus [3]. 4. muslim view points on organ transplant one of the basic teachings of islam is the preservation and protection of human life from body to batin (inner) prohibiting murder and massacre and grievance against any one unlawfully. the almighty presaged muslims on the matter in the qur’an. “if a man kills a believer intentionally, his recompense is hell, to abide therein (forever): and the wrath and the curse of allah are upon him, and a dreadful penalty is prepared for him”. (qur’an, 4:93) under the islamic legal system therefore, the punishment of a murder of any human life pays a life price: “o you believe the law of equality is prescribed to you in cases of murder the free for the free, the slave for the slave, the women for the women. but if the brother of the slain makes any remission, then grant any reasonable demand. and compensate him with handsome gratitude. this is a concession and a mercy from your lord. after this, whoever exceeds the limits shall be in grave penalty”. (qur’an, 2:178) the qur’an also repetitively reminds its believers that humans are dignified, honored and favored over other creatures by allah; dignity of life and death therefore has to be preserved. “nor take life, which allah has made sacredexcept for justice cause. and if anyone is slain wrongfully, we have given his heir authority (to demand qisas or to forgive) but let him not exceed bounds in the matter of taking life, for he is helped (by the law”. (qur’an, 17:33) similarly the qur’an makes life sacred: “we have honored the sons of adam; provided them with transport on land and sea; given them fro sustenance things good and pure; and conferred on them special favors, above a great part of our creation”. ( qur’an, 17:70) manifestations of danger to human life such as violence, destruction and economic sanctions, are strictly prohibited. “o you who believe! eat not up your property among yourselves in vanities; but let there be among you traffic and trade by mutual good will: nor kill (or destroy) yourselves: for verily allah have been to you most merciful”. (qur’an, 4:29) in line with the qur’anic teachings, majority of the muslim scholars have invoked the principle of priority of saving human life and has permitted the organ transplant as a necessity to procure that noble end. nonetheless it is prohibited to violate, harm or mutilate the cadaver whether it is a muslim or a non-muslim. there are exceptions to this general rule especially in a case when there is a necessity (darurah). one question could be underscored that if the donor is alive he or she may undergo normal surgical operation iium engineering journal, vol. 12, no. 5, 2011: special issue on science and ethics in engineering shuriye 206 but can the body of a dead donor undergo surgical procedures? the assessment of the views of the muslim jurists may shed some light on the issue. muslim jurists hold diverse opinions on the aforementioned question. the maliki and hanbal schools maintain that it is impermissible to dissect a dead pregnant lady in order to retrieve the infant. the shafi‘i school of thought on the other hand allows dissection to be carried out. dissection to remove valuable items from the dead is also allowed according to the mainstream of muslim jurists, except the hanbali school [6]. maliki and hanbali’s opinion on pregnant lady to salvage the infant may not be relevant at this stage due to the technological development. a council consists of the scholars from the major muslim schools of law in britain had painstaking deliberated on the issue of organ transplant and concluded that: “the medical profession is the proper authority to define the signs of death. current medical knowledge considers brain death to be a proper definition of death. the council accepts brain-stem death as constituting the end of life for the purpose of organ transplant. the council supports organ transplant as a means of alleviating pain or saving life on the basis of the rules of shari’ah. muslims may carry donor cards. the next of kin of a dead person, in the absence of a donor card or an expressed wish of the dead person to donate his organs, may give permission to obtain organs from the body to save other people’s lives” [7]. in his work, fiqh al-islami wa adillatuh, wahba az-zuhaili insists that: “based on the ruling, which allows dissection on dead bodies in specific cases, any dissection or operation done on the dead body due to a significant necessity is allowable. for example, dissection for the knowledge of medicine and dissection in order to find the cause of death to convict criminals by which there are no other avenues to come to the truth (al-haq). these are based on the shari‘ah principle of establishing justice, adil, in any ruling given by the court, in order to avoid injustice, dhalim, from happening to the innocent or to ensure that the guilty do not escape from the punishment as a result of his crimes. even though such dissections are allowed, it should be done within necessary limits without overdoing it. besides, the sanctity of the dead body has to be respected and handled properly. after the investigation, bits and pieces should be gathered, suturing it up and finally shrouding the body should close the body. it is also allowable to perform any organ transplant such as the human heart or the eye. this must be with the condition that the donor is proven to be dead by a specialist in the field. this is because the priority is given to the living. the success of recovering vision for a human is a wonderful gift and is demanded by the shari‘ah” [8]. the permanent committee for legal rulings in the saudi kingdom concluded the following on dissection: 1. dissection to discern criminal act caused the death of the diseased is sanctioned. 2. dissection to identify contagious disease and finding methods of sojourning its spread is also endorsed. 3. dissection for educational and training purposes is authorized [9]. islam requires that the donor be mature and mentally sane, able to decide his or her destiny through free will and in full control and comprehension. the intention to trade an organ or exchange it with other organs is considered unlawful contract between donor and recipient, as humans should not put their body on the market. the life of the donor should not be in danger as a result of the organ removal. it is not permissible also to donate essential organs such as the brain, nervous system and other crucial parts even to the iium engineering journal, vol. 12, no. 5, 2011: special issue on science and ethics in engineering shuriye 207 donors’ loved ones. on this aspect muslim scholars are in agreement on the illegitimate nature of donating life to another person [9, 10]. muslim jurists also divided organ donors into two main groups, dead and a live, putting each category under certain conditions. on the living donor the aforementioned conditions such as being mature, sane, responsible and able to make personal decisions apply. on the organ from dead persons jurists have permitted taking certain organs from diseased body with the following conditions in place: 1. the deceased should have permitted before his or her death 2. it should not be for the purpose of commerce and pecuniary in an article entitled transplantation of cells of nervous system, specially the brian”, sheikh mohamad al-mukhtar, a contemporary muslim scholar, divided the donors into four categories: respected or honourable adults, minors, the foetus, and adults whose life is not protected by islam [11]. faith has also been made a factor in the discussion of muslim jurists on organ transplant. it appears there is consensus that transplant is permissible from one muslim to another and from a non-muslim to a muslim. transplanting muslim organs into those under muslim protection is however a matter subjected to some disagreement while the transplant of muslim organs into non-muslims is not permitted according to the mainstream of muslim jurists [11]. on the xenotransplantation, the halalicity of the organ is relevant. the qur’an prohibited muslims to make use of or benefit from non-halal organs. “forbidden to you (for good) are: dead meat, blood, on which hath been invoked the name of other than allah; that which hath been killed by strangling, or by a violent blow, or by a headlong fall, or by being gored to death; that which hath been (partly) eaten by a wild animal; unless you are able to slaughter it (in due form; that which is sacrificed on stone (altars); (forbidden) also id the division (of meat) by raffling with arrows: that is impiety”. (qur’an, 5:3) in another related verse the qur’an permits the use of the haramized organs on the basis of complelling necessity, (darurah): “he has only forbidden you what has died by itself, blood and pork, and anything that has been consecrated to something besides god. yet anyone who may be forced to do so, without craving or going too far, will have no offence held against him; for allah is forgiving, merciful” (qur’an, 2:173). 5. conclusion the research found that transplantation of living organs has begun in the nineteenth century and developed to be used in the treatment of server burns and repair skin defects. the researcher is of the opinion that the process of organ transplant has never been straightforward. it explained laparoscopy as a method used in the process of organ transplant. laparoscopy is done, under anesthetic condition, by making a small incision next to the navel. another procedure used is orthotopic procedure. it involves replacing the recipient’s heart with the donor’s. in other words, the recipient’s damaged heart will be excised and removed for good. the donor’s heart must be transplanted into the recipient within four to five hours after it is removed. nonetheless organ transplant involves ethical iium engineering journal, vol. 12, no. 5, 2011: special issue on science and ethics in engineering shuriye 208 and religious issues. one of the basic teachings of islam is the preservation and protection of human life from physical to psychological and from emotional to spiritual. references [1] al-qur’an al-karim [2] judy pearsall (ed), the new oxford dictionary of english, oxford, university press, 2001 [3] abdi o. shuriye, islamic ethical values on bioengineering practices: issues in genetic engineering. research management centre, iium, pp. xivxvi, 2006 [4] w.f. bynum and roy porter (eds.) companion encyclopedia of the history of the medicine, routledge, london, 1993 [5] the organ procurement and transplantation network. about donation: living donation, retrieved july 23, 2004, http://www.optn.org/about/donation/livingdonation [6] muhamad al-din, ad-dirar al-mukhtar, law publishing, lahor-pakistan, 1970 [7] http://www.islamicvoice.com. [8] wahab az-zuhaili, al-fiqh al-islamiyi wa adilatuhu, dar al-fikr, damascus, syria, 1989 [9] abdul aziz khalifah al-qussar, hukum tashrih al-insan, bayna al-shariati wal qa’nun, dar ibn hazmi, beirut, 1 st edition, 1999, p.80 [10] al-qussar, dr, abdul aziz khalifah, hukum tashrih al-insan, bayna al-shariati wal qa’nun, dar ibn hazmi, beirut, 1999, p. 88 [11] sheikh mohamad al-mukhtar, transplantation of cells of nervous system, specially the brian. majalah majama’ al-fiqh al-islami, the 6 th seminar of the majma’, pp.1747-1756 application of digital cellular radio for mobile location estimation iium engineering journal, vol. x, no. x, 200x jamaludin and faizal 178 green synthesis of silver nanoparticles using sago (metroxylon sagu) via autoclaving method aliyah jamaludin and che ku mohammad faizal* faculty of engineering technology, universiti malaysia pahang, 26300 gambang, pahang, malaysia. *corresponding author: mfaizal@ump.edu.my (received: 20th feb 2017; accepted: 29th dec 2017; published on-line: 1st june 2018) https://doi.org/10.31436/iiumej.v19i1.815 abstract: sago (metroxylon sagu) is a polysaccharide bio resource, which is biodegradable and low in toxicity that can be found in large scale in mukah, sarawak. a simple green method of synthesizing silver nanoparticles (agnps) has been developed using sago dissolved in water as the reducing agent. the mixture of dissolved sago and silver nitrate (agno3) were autoclaved at 121 °c for 20 minutes. the size, morphology and structures of the agnps formed in the sago solution were investigated through uvvis spectrophotemeter, xrd and fesem analysis. the synthesized agnps were spherical in shape and well distributed with average particle sizes of 19.3 ± 2.7 nm. abstrak: sago (pokok rumbia) adalah sumber bio polisakarida yang bioterurai dan rendah ketoksikan yang boleh didapati dalam skala yang besar di mukah, sarawak. satu kaedah hijau yang mudah untuk mensintesis nanopartikel perak telah dihasilkan dengan menggunakan sagu yang larut dalam air sebagai ejen penurunan. campuran sagu yang dilarutkan dan perak nitrat (agno3) telah autoklaf pada suhu 121°c selama 20 minit. saiz, morfologi dan struktur nanopartikel perak yang terhasil di dalam larutan sago telah disiasat melalui analisis spektrofotometer uv-vis, xrd dan fesem. nanopartikel perak yang dihasilkan adalah berbentuk bulat dengan purata saiz partikel 19.3 ± 2.7 nm. key words: green synthesis; silver nanoparticles; antibacterial; autoclaving; sago 1. introduction global problem associated with environmental concerns have resulted in wide approach of ‘green‘ method in most of activities worldwide. this awareness involves in most industries and have attracted many researches to work on ‘green‘ materials and methods applicable in varied of applications. one of the most critical field to be concerned about the manufacturing process is the medical field. therefore, researches are working and innovating the method and process in manufacturing the devices to be applied in biomedical-related field. some of the key issues that need to be focused is the utilization of nontoxic chemicals, environmentally benign solvents and renewable materials [1-2]. one of those field is the process of synthesizing nanoparticles to be applied as the antibacterial agent in medical application. silver nanoparticles (agnps) field of research has become the as the focus attention among other metal nanoparticles such as copper, zinc, titanium, magnesium and gold [3]. the applications of agnps involved in renewable energies, water treatment, cosmetics and biomedical devices [4]. one of the best properties of agnps is the antibacterial efficacy against bacteria, viruses and some other micro-organisms [5] . since iium engineering journal, vol. x, no. x, 200x jamaludin and faizal 179 decades ago, agnps have been applied as antibacterial agents in health industry, food storage, textile coatings and number of environmental applications [6]. generally, agnps can be synthesized through several methods such as chemical, physical, photochemical and biological synthesis. among those methods, chemical synthesis via chemical reduction method is the most frequently applied for the preparation of agnps in water or organic solvent. the silver ions (ag+) are reduced by the reducing agents such as borohydride, citrate and ascorbate. however, most of these reducing agents are highly reactive and non-environmetally friendly components [7]. therefore, the alternative synthesis routes have been developed through green methods to prepare agnps. green synthesis method is simpler and will minimize or eliminate the toxic waste.the preparation of agnps via green synthesis should be evaluated from the choices of the medium, no-toxic reducing agent and stabilizer material. generally, water is used as the environmental friendly solvent. meanwhile, glucose is widely used as a green reducing agent becuase of its chemical reaction rate which allows a compromise between the nuclei created and the growth of the agnps [8-9]. further, polysaccharide such as starch, chitosan and gums are used as the stabilizer in the preparation of agnps [4,10]. in some cases, polysaccharides serve as the reducing agent, capping agent and stabilizer. sago is a starch, a type of natural polymer available in nature. in malaysia, large scale commercial sago plantations are found in mukah, sarawak and beaufort, sabah. sago or scientifically named as metroxylon sago is a white, tasteless, and odourless natural polymer extracted from the pith of sago palm stems. the extracted sago is manufactured into powder or “pearl” form. currently, sago industry became one of the country’s important agricultural export commodities [11]. sago is traditionally cooked and eaten in various forms. it is also used commercially in making noodles and bread. however, the use of sago is not just limited to the food industry. sago is also used as a key material input in various industries, such as in the paper, plywood, and textile industries [12]. similar to other kind of starch, sago is also categorized as polysaccharides which consist of aldehyde groups. the presence of hydroxyl will facilitate the complexation of silver ions by electrostatic binding in the helical structure of polysaccharide [13-14]. therefore, these silver ions oxidize the hydroxyl groups to carbonyl groups, during which the silver ions are reduced to elemental silver as shown in equation (1) below. 𝐴𝑔𝑁𝑂3(𝑎𝑞) + 𝑅𝐶𝐻𝑂(𝑎𝑞) = 𝐴𝑔(𝑠) + 𝑅𝐶𝑂𝑂𝐻(𝑎𝑞) (1) therefore, sago is a great candidate to be utilize as the reducing agent to synthesize agnps. thus, the aim of this work is to eliminate the toxic waste by using sago as the reducing agent and also to simplify the method of synthesizing agnps via autoclaving method which is simple and quick. 2. material and methods silver nitrate (agno3, sigma-aldrich) of analytical reagent grade was used for the synthesis. sago powder was purchased from dhulau enterprise, putatan, sabah, malaysia. the materials were used without purification. all the solutions were prepared in deionized water. sago solutions were prepared by adding 0.4, 0.8, 1.2, 1.6 and 2.0 volume/weight percentage (w/v %) of sago powder into 50 ml deionized water. then, the sago solutions were mixed with 1mm of agno3 solution with mixture ratio of 1:1.5. the mixtures were autoclaved at 121 °c for 20 minutes to synthesize the agnps. the autoclave used in this work is as shown in figure 1. then, the agnps solution were characterized through uviium engineering journal, vol. x, no. x, 200x jamaludin and faizal 180 visible spectrometer within the wavelenght range of 400 – 800 nm to monitor the surface plasmon resonance. x-ray diffraction (xrd) analysis was carried out in 2θ range of 30 80° to confirm the crystal structure of the agnps. further, the size and morphology of the synthesized agnps were also characterized through field emission scanning electron microscope (fesem). fig. 1: autoclave machine used to synthesize agnps at 121 °c for 20 minutes. 3. results and discussion 3.1 uv-visible spectroscopy (uv-vis) analysis the presence of nanoparticles in liquid is commonly observed by using uv-vis spectroscopy. it is a sensitive and quick technique to confirm the formation of agnps by monitoring the absorption spectra and the wavelength. the range of wavelength for agnps must be in between 400-450 nm. physically, the colour changes of the agnps solution also indicated the formation of agnps. figure 2 (a) shows the absorption spectra of agnps solution with varies sago concentrations synthesized via autoclaving at 121 °c for 20 minutes. each of the solution exhibits absorption peak in the range of nanoparticles wavelength which are 411, 410, 408, 410 and 413 nm with increasing percentage of sago from 0.4 – 2.0 (w/v) %. however, only agnps solution with 1.2 (w/v) % of sago concentration did not show any peak around 330 nm as shown in the highlighted area in the figure. this result indicated that there were no aggregations of particles within the solution. figure 2 (b) shows a clearer view of the absorption and the wavelength of the agnps solution. the absorption of agnps solution showed a direct proportional increment to the concentration of sago. the higher the absorption is referred to the higher amount of agnps that have been formed. further, the wavelength is referred to the size of the agnps. larger agnps tend to agglomerate to minimize their higher surface energy. when agnps iium engineering journal, vol. x, no. x, 200x jamaludin and faizal 181 aggregate and the conduction electrons near each particle surface become delocalized and are shared amongst neighbouring particles. hence, the surface plasmon resonance shifts to lower energies, causing the absorption peaks shift to longer wavelengths. from the figure, agnps solution with 1.2 (w/v) % sago concentrations show the lowest wavelength at 408 nm which indicate the formation of smaller size agnps. physically, the colour changes of the agnps solution from translucent to light yellow as shown in figure 2 (c) also proved the formation of agnps. the colour changes may be due to the excitation of surface plasmon resonance and reduction of agno3[15].from this uv-vis analysis, it is proved that the aldehyde groups from sago have reduced the silver ions, to the elemantel silver [14]. the basic reduction mechanisme of silver ions by aldehyde group to elemantel silver is shown in equation (1). fig. 2: (a) the uv-vis absorption spectra of the synthesized agnps with varies sago concentration (b) wavelength and absorbance of agnps with varies sago concentration (c) the colour changes of the mixture before and after autoclaving process. 3.2 x-ray diffraction(xrd) analysis the crystal structure of the synthesized agnps were confirmed through xrd analysis. figure 3 shows the xrd pattern of the synthesized agnps with 1.2 (w/v) % of sago. the iium engineering journal, vol. x, no. x, 200x jamaludin and faizal 182 xrd spectrum shows the 2θ degree peaks at 38.38, 44.52, 64.72 and 77.83 corresponding to (111), (200), (220) and (311), respectively. peak (111) is more intense than the other planes which show broadening pattern because of the size of nanoparticles and the presence of premature ag lattice plane [16,17]. peak broadening is normally seen in crystallites smaller than 100 nm. nano particles have much less atoms hence the lattice sum is not able to converge to a diffraction line but broaden out. this condition complies with the terms of the scherrer equation where peak width is inversely proportional to crystallite size. the same xrd peaks of agnps synthesized using other starches have also been reported by hebeish et al. and ghaseminezhad et al. [18-19]. fig. 3: xrd pattern of the synthesized agnps using 1.2 (w/v) % sago. 3.3 field emission scanning electron microscope (fesem) analysis fesem images of the synthesized agnps are shown in figure 4 at different magnifications of 50000 and 150000 times, respectively. both figure 4 (a) and (b) reveal that the agnps are well dispersed and spherical in shape. the average particle size of the agnps is 19.3 ± 2.7 nm, calculated using imagej software.the size of these green synthesized agnps are comparable to the agnps that used pva,a synthetic polymer as the reducing agent produced by sagitha and coworkers [20]. 4. conclusion this work reports the green synthesis of agnps from agno3 using sago as the reducing agent. we have demostrated a simple, efficient, quick and green technique to produce agnps via autoclaving method. all the analysis through uv-vis, xrd and fesem have recorded comparable and promising results as other agnps synthesized using other methods. the size, morphological and particle distribution of these green synthesized agnps also proved that sago acts as a good reducing agent as other synthetic polymers. iium engineering journal, vol. x, no. x, 200x jamaludin and faizal 183 fig. 4: fesem images of the synthesized agnps with different maginifications (a) 50 000x and (b) 150 000x. acknowledgement the authors would like to thank universiti malaysia pahang for the financial assistance under the grant of rdu140346. references [1] fei x, jia m, du x, yang y, zhang r, shao z, zhao x, chen x. (2013) green synthesis of silk fibroin-silver nanoparticle composites with effective antibacterial and biofilm-disrupting properties. biomacromolecules, 14:4483–4488. [2] raveendran p, fu j, wallen sl. (2003) completely ‘green’ synthesis and stabilization of metal nanoparticles. journal of the american chemical society, 125:13940–13941. [3] moritz m, geszke-moritz m. (2013) the newest achievements in synthesis, immobilization and practical applications of antibacterial nanoparticles. chemical engineering journal, 228:596–613. [4] vigneshwaran n, nachane rp, balasubramanya rh, varadarajan p v. (2006) a novel one-pot ‘green’ synthesis of stable silver nanoparticles using soluble starch. carbohydrate research, 341:2012–8. [5] venkatpurwar v, pokharkar v. (2011) green synthesis of silver nanoparticles using marine polysaccharide: study of in-vitro antibacterial activity. materials letters, 65:999–1002. [6] abou el-nour kmm, eftaiha a, al-warthan a, ammar r a. a. (2010) synthesis and applications of silver nanoparticles. arabian journal of chemistry, 3:135–140. [7] cheviron p, gouanvé f, espuche e. (2014) green synthesis of colloid silver nanoparticles and resulting biodegradable starch/silver nanocomposites. carbohydrate polymers, 108:291–298. [8] vasileva p, donkova b, karadjova i, dushkin c. (2011) synthesis of starchstabilized silver nanoparticles and their application as a surface plasmon resonancebased sensor of hydrogen peroxide. colloids and surfaces a: physicochemical and engineering aspects, 382:203–210. iium engineering journal, vol. x, no. x, 200x jamaludin and faizal 184 [9] singh m, sinha i, mandal rk. (2009) role of ph in the green synthesis of silver nanoparticles. materials letters, 63:425–427. [10] xu w, jin w, lin l, zhang c, li z, li y, song r, li b. (2014) green synthesis of xanthan conformation-based silver nanoparticles: antibacterial and catalytic application. carbohydrate polymers, 101:961–7. [11] karim aa, nadiha mz, chen fk, phuah yp, chui ym, fazilah a. (2008) pasting and retrogradation properties of alkali-treated sago (metroxylon sagu) starch. food hydrocolloids, 22:1044–1053. [12] abd-aziz s. (2002) sago starch and its utilisation. journal of bioscience and bioengineering, 94:526–529. [13] gao x, wei l, yan h, xu b. (2011) green synthesis and characteristic of core-shell structure silver/starch nanoparticles. materials letters, 65:2963–2965. [14] kora aj, beedu sr, jayaraman a. (2012) size-controlled green synthesis of silver nanoparticles mediated by gum ghatti (anogeissus latifolia) and its biological activity. organic and medicinal chemistry letters, 2:17. [15] ahmed s, ahmad m, swami bl, ikram s. (2014) a review on plants extract mediated synthesis of silver nanoparticles for antimicrobial applications: a green expertise. journal of advanced research, 7:17–28. [16] venkatesham m, ayodhya d, madhusudhan a, veera babu n, veerabhadram g. (2012) a novel green one-step synthesis of silver nanoparticles using chitosan: catalytic activity and antimicrobial studies. applied nanoscience, 4:113–119. [17] zheng y, zhu y, tian g, wang a. (2015) in situ generation of silver nanoparticles within crosslinked 3d guar gum networks for catalytic reduction. international journal of biological macromolecules, 73:39–44. [18] hebeish a, el-rafie mh, el-sheikh ma, el-naggar me. (2013) nanostructural features of silver nanoparticles powder synthesized through concurrent formation of the nanosized particles of both starch and silver. journal of nanotechnology, 2013:1– 10. [19] ghaseminezhad sm, hamedi s, shojaosadati sa. (2012) green synthesis of silver nanoparticles by a novel method: comparative study of their properties. carbohydrate polymers, 89:467–72. [20] sagitha p, sarada k, muraleedharan k. (2016) one-pot synthesis of poly vinyl alcohol (pva) supported silver nanoparticles and its efficiency in catalytic reduction of methylene blue. trans nonferrous met soc china, 26:2693–2700. microsoft word 5-abdelrahman-iiumej32-27-2-o.k..doc iium engineering journal, vol. 2, no. 1, 2001 c. c. li et al. 39 preparation of active absorbent for flue gas desulfurization from coal bottom ash: effect of absorbent preparation variables chang chin li, lee keat teong, subhash bhatia and abdul rahman mohamed* school of chemical engineering, universiti sains malaysia, engineering campus,14300 nibong tebal, s. p. s., p. pinang, malaysia. chrahman@eng.usm.my abstract: an active absorbent for flue gas desulfurization was prepared from coal bottom ash, calcium oxide (cao) and calcium sulfate by hydrothermal process. the absorbent was examined for its micro-structural properties. the experiments conducted were based on design of experiments (doe) according to 23 factorial design. the effect of various absorbent preparation variables such as ratio of cao to bottom ash (a), hydration temperature (b) and hydration period (c) towards the bet (brunauer-emmett-teller) specific surface area of the absorbent were studied. at a cao to bottom ash ratio = 2, hydration temperature = 200 c and hydration period = 10 hrs, absorbent with a surface area of 90.1 m2/g was obtained. based on the analysis of the factorial design, it was concluded that factor a and c as well as the interaction of factors abc and bc are the significant factors that effect the bet surface area of the absorbent. a linear mathematical model that describes the relation between the independent variables and interaction between variables towards the bet specific surface area of the absorbent was also developed. analysis of variance (anova) showed that the model was significant at 1% level. key words : absorbent, bottom ash, design of experiments, desulfurization, surface area. 1. introduction in an effort to protect the environment, industrial operations are required to reduce its emission of air pollutants. an air pollutant recognized world wide is sulfur dioxide (so2). the primary source of so2 are from boilers running on solid and liquid fuels. this is due to the nature of the fuel, where the sulfur compound present in the fuel will react with the air to form so2 during combustion process in the boiler. therefore, in order to reduce the emission of so2, flue gas from the boiler has to be treated with appropriate yet affordable desulfurization technology before being emitted to the environment. presently, different types of flue gas desulfurization (fgd) units are being operated. a wet-type fgd unit based on a limestone-gypsum method is most widely used and suitable for large-scale boilers such as those installed in coal or oil-fired power stations. the wettype fgd process has many advantages and has been continuously improved in terms of efficiency and cost reduction. however, as the wet-type fgd process requires a large amount of water and a facility for wastewater treatment, researchers are currently shifting their focus towards developing a dry desulfurization process applicable to power stations in a region where water supply is not sufficient. calcium compounds, especially calcium silicate, shows high desulfurization activity in dry fgd processes, due to its high surface area. high surface area in calcium silicate exposed calcium ions in the absorbent for the reaction between so2 and calcium to occur. jozewicz and chang [1] reported that two factors were necessary in an absorbent for it to be readily react with so2 under the conditions encountered in a dry injection fgd process: (i) high absorbent surface area and (ii) amorphous surface structure. thus absorbent’s high surface area is one of the keys to good desulfurization activity. a number of studies have been carried out to prepare absorbents with high surface area (calcium silicate) from calcium hydroxide and coal fl y ash [1-6]. the absorbent prepared can achieve a high calcium (ca) utilization efficiency of 80%, which is much higher than the value of about 50% for the drytype duct injection process using calcium hydroxide as the so2 absorbent. however, the weakness of using absorbents prepared from calcium hydroxide and coal fly ash is the long period required for absorbent preparation, which might take up to 12 hrs. in this present study, the effects of substituting calcium hydroxide with calcium oxide and coal fly ash with coal bottom ash as the raw materials for preparation of the absorbent was investigated. the effect of various absorbent preparation variables such as hydration temperature, hydration period and ratio of cao to bottom ash towards the bet specific surface area of the absorbent were studied. design of experiments based on full factorial design of 23 was used in the present study to establish the significance of each independent variable and interaction between variables. a linear mathematical model that describes the relation between the independent variables and interaction between variables towards the bet specific surface area of the absorbent was also developed. iium engineering journal, vol. 2, no. 1, 2001 c. c. li et al. 40 2. material and methods the absorbent was prepared from calcium sulfate, calcium oxide and coal bottom ash. the calcium sulfate used was of reagent grade, calcium sulfate hemihydrate (bdh laboratory supplies, england), whereas the calcium oxide was of laboratory grade (bdh laboratory supplies, england). the coal bottom ash was supplied by kapar power plant of tenaga nasional berhad. the bottom ash was thoroughly sieved, to obtain average sizes smaller than 75 m. the bottom ash was of the following composition: sio2 42.0%, al2o3 19.0%, cao 4.6%, fe2o3 9.6%, mgo 2.1%, nao 1.6% and ignition loss 21.1%. standard procedure to prepare the absorbent was as follows. to prepare 20 g of the absorbent (dry weight), a mixture of coal bottom ash (50 % of the total used) and calcium oxide was mixed with 28 – 35 % of water at 70 c for 5 minutes. calcium sulfate (8 g) and the rest of the coal bottom ash were added into the slurry and the kneading were continued for 10 minutes. the kneaded materials were extruded to form pellets. the pellets were then subjected to hydrothermal treatment with steam at a specific temperature for a specific period of time followed by drying for 2 hours at 200 c. the dried pellets was then crushed and sieved through a 60 m mesh. the amount of chemicals used and experimental parameters are given in table 1. table 1: experimental design ; hydration parameters and results. solid code variables bet surface area (m2/g) cao/bottom ash ratio hydration temperature (c) hydration period (hrs) s1 1/1 100 3 6.6 s2 2/1 100 3 64.0 s3 1/1 200 3 19.7 s4 2/1 200 3 26.4 s5 1/1 100 10 28.8 s6 2/1 100 10 34.1 s7 1/1 200 10 17.9 s8 2/1 200 10 90.1 s9-i 1.5/1 150 6.5 43.5 s9-ii 1.5/1 150 6.5 40.5 s9iii 1.5/1 150 6.5 45.2 s9iv 1.5/1 150 6.5 42.8 the specific surface area of the absorbent was measured by the bet method using autosorb 1c quantachrome. prior to analyzing the sample, it was degassed at 200 c for at least 8 hrs. five-point method was used to estimate the surface area of the prepared absorbent. 3. results and discussion bet surface area for bottom ash, cao, s8 (maximum value of bet specific surface area) and commercial absorbents are given in table 2. the significant increase in the specific surface area of the hydrated coal bottom ash absorbent as compared to the raw materials suggests that the mixing of the above-shown reagents resulted in the formation of certain compounds with a relativel y higher surface area. the hydrated absorbent prepared has a mixture of cylindrical granular grains, which consists predominantly of some calcium aluminate silicate hydrates and cao. these calcium silicates compounds are the main component in absorbing so2. table 2 bet surface area of raw materials and hydrated absorbents. material bet surface area (m2 /g) uncalcined bottom ash 2.45 cao 1.52 prepared absorbent 90.1 commercial absorbent 64.3 the significant increase in the surface area of the hydrated absorbent also indicates a high structural porosity as compared to the regular cao. the high surface area of a solid absorbent is an important parameter in the solid-gas adsorption process as it may be one of the principal factors that determine the overall reactivity. hydration experiments’ based on doe [7] were employed according to 23 factorial design to produce eight different types of absorbent. these combinations allow the studying of the individual influences and their respective interactions of cao to bottom ash ratio, hydration temperature and hydration period towards the absorbents’ bet specific surface area obtained after hydration. table 1 shows the experimental design and the results obtained. four experiments (s9-i to s9-iv) at the center point of the experimental design were performed in order to determine the experimental error. in relation to the results of bet specific surface area, four main observations can be mentioned : (i) the obtained values range from 6.6 m2/g to 90.1 m2/g ; (ii) the highest value is 90.1 m2/g corresponding to the experiment s8 performed at the maximum levels of the hydration variables; cao to bottom ash ratio of 2:1, hydration temperature of 200oc and 10 hours of hydration period ; (iii) cao to bottom ash ratio has a significant positive effect on the specific surface area. higher cao to bottom ash ratio was discovered to result in higher specific surface area. this is most probabl y due to the variation in ph, the concentration and amounts of dissolved solids as increasing the cao to bottom ash ratio increases the total amount of dissolved solids and thus the amount of calcium silicate hydrate formed. the presence of crystallized compound, calcium silicate hydrates, also known as oyelite, is important because it contributes to the increase of specific surface area. as the calcium (ca) ion is the main component of oyelite, it is expected that more cao will bring about more of this hydrated compound. it is also known that alkalinity has a positive effect in creating a crystallized structure; and (iv) hydration period and temperature has mixed effects on the bet surface area. iium engineering journal, vol. 2, no. 1, 2001 c. c. li et al. 41 to study the significance of each independent variable and interaction between variables on the bet surface area, analysis on the factorial design based on the 23 full factorial design given in table 1 was carried out. the three variables studied in this experiment were coded as factor a for cao to bottom ash ratio, factor b for hydration temperature and factor c for hydration period. interaction between factors such as between hydration temperature and hydration period was coded as bc. for 2 level factorial design, the levels of each factor were coded as low or (-1) and high or (1). the coding for all the experiments is given in table 3. for un-replicated factorial design used in this work, a method attributed to daniel (1959) [8], which suggest the plotting of the effect of a factor on normal probability paper was used. from the probability plot, effects that are negligible are normally distributed, with mean zero and variance 2, and will fall along a straight line on this plot, while significant effects will have nonzero means and will not lie along the straight line. the average effect of a factor is defined as the change in response (bet surface area) produced by a change in the level of that factor, averaged over the levels of the other factors while the effect of interaction factors are given elsewhere [7]. the effects of the individual factors and interaction between factors were calculated based on the ‘yates’ algorithm [7] and tabulated in table 4. data for the probability plot is given in table 5 and the probability plot itself is given in fig. 1. table 3: coding system used in the factorial design. solid code factors coding for factors cao/bottom ash ratio hydration temperature (c) hydration period (hrs) a b c s1 1/1 100 3 -1 -1 -1 s2 2/1 100 3 1 -1 -1 s3 1/1 200 3 -1 1 -1 s4 2/1 200 3 1 1 -1 s5 1/1 100 10 -1 -1 1 s6 2/1 100 10 1 -1 1 s7 1/1 200 10 -1 1 1 s8 2/1 200 10 1 1 1 table 4: yates algorithm for calculating the effects of individual factors and interaction between factors. solid code factors bet surface area (m2/g) column (1) column (2) column (3) estimate of effect s1 (l)* 6.6 70.6 116.7 287.5 s2 a 64.0 46.1 170.8 141.5 35.4 s3 b 19.7 62.8 64.1 20.7 5.2 s4 ab 26.4 108.0 77.4 16.3 4.1 s5 c 28.8 57.4 -24.5 54.1 13.5 s6 ac 34.1 6.7 45.2 13.3 3.3 s7 bc 17.9 5.2 -50.7 69.7 17.4 s8 abc 90.1 72.2 67.0 117.7 29.4 *(l)all the factors are low table 5: tabulated data for the probability plot. order (j) factor effect (j-0.5)/7 7 a 35.4 0.929 6 abc 29.4 0.786 5 bc 17.4 0.643 4 c 13.5 0.500 3 b 5.2 0.357 2 ab 4.1 0.214 1 ac 3.3 0.071 fig. 1 ordered effects for the 23 factorial design from fig. 1, it is noted that factors a, abc, bc and c do not fall in a straight line. in other words, factor a and c as well as the interaction between factors bc and abc are the main variables that influence the bet surface area of the absorbent. a linear model was developed based on the four factors. the coefficient for the factors are taken from the values of the effect in table 4. the linear model for the bet surface area is given in eq. (1): surface area = abc 2 29.4 bc 2 17.4 c 2 13.5 a 2 35.4 35.9                          (1) where the value 35.9 m2/g is the average bet surface area for absorbents with solid code s1 to s8 and a, c, bc and abc are the factors which takes the value of 1 or –1 based on table 3. table 6 compares the actual values of response (bet specific surface area) with the predicted values obtained from the linear model given in eq. (1). it can be seen that the model predicts the bet surface area quite accurately with the absolute average percent deviation of less than 10%. to verify the significance of the model and the four main factors that affect the absorbent bet surface area, analysis of variance (anova) was used. table 7 presents the results of the analysis of variance calculated using design-expert 6.0.4 software. based on the results, it is showed that the model used is significant at 1% level. it is also shown that the fours factors used in the model are the significant factors at 1% level that affect the bet surface area of the absorbent. iium engineering journal, vol. 2, no. 1, 2001 c. c. li et al. 42 table 6: comparison between actual and predicted values for bet surface area. solid code actual (m2/g) predicted (m2/g) residual (m2/g) error (%) s1 6.6 5.5 1.1 16.7 s2 64.0 70.3 -6.3 9.8 s3 19.7 17.5 2.2 11.2 s4 26.4 23.4 3.0 11.4 s5 28.8 31.0 -2.2 7.6 s6 34.1 36.9 -2.8 8.2 s7 17.9 19.0 -1.1 6.1 s8 90.1 83.8 6.3 7.0 absolute average percent deviation 9.8 table 7: analysis of variance for the absorbent bet surface area. source of variance estimate of effects sum of squares degrees of freedom mean square fo a 35.4 2506.3 1 2506.3 69.4a c 13.5 367.2 1 367.2 10.2a bc 17.4 605.5 1 605.5 16.8a abc 29.4 1728.7 1 1728.7 47.9a model 5207.8 4 1301.9 36.1a residual 108.3 3 36.1 total 5316.1 7 a : significant at 1% level for further diagnostic checking of the model, the residual given in table 6 are plotted on a normal probability paper shown in fig. 2. the points on this plot lie reasonably close to a straight line, lending support to our conclusion that factors a and c as well as the interaction between factors bc and abc are the only significant factors that effect the bet surface area of the absorbent, and that the underlying assumptions of the analysis are satisfied. fig. 2 normal probability plot of residuals 4. conclusion an investigation established on the preparation of absorbent for dry-type flue gas desulfurization based on utilizing coal bottom ash has been carried out. the following conclusions can be deduced from the results ; (i) coal bottom ash exhibits a promising future as an absorbent of dry-type flue gas desulfurization and showed potential for highly effective absorbents to be produced commercially (ii) factor a, c and the interaction of factors abc and bc are the only significant factors that effect the bet surface area of the absorbents prepared from coal bottom ash, calcium oxide and calcium sulfate. acknowledgement we would like to thank universiti sains malaysia for funding this project under an irpa short term grant. references [1] w. jozewiez and j. c. s. chang, “evaluation of fdg injection sorbents and additives”, development of highly reactivity sorbents, vol. i. epa-600/7-89-006a, 1989. [2] a. garea, i. fernandez, j. r. viguri, m. i. ortiz, j. fernandez, m. j. renedo and j. a. irabien, “flyash/calcium hydroxide mixtures for so2 removal : structural properties and maximum yield”, chemical engineering journal, vol. 66, pp. 171-179, 1997. [3] y. li and m. sadakata, “study of gypsum formation for appropriate dry desulfurization process of flue gas”, fuel, vol. 78, pp. 1089-1095, 1999. [4] t. ishizuka, h. tsuchiai, t. murayama, t. tanaka and h. hattori, “preparation of active absorbent for dry-type flue gas desulfurization from calcium oxide, coal fly ash and gypsum”, ind. eng. chem. res., vol. 39, no. 5, pp. 1390-1396, 2000. [5] t. ishizuka, t. yamamoto, t. murayama, t. tanaka and h. hattori, “effect of calcium sulfate addition on the activity of the absorbent for dry flue gas desulfurization”, energy & fuels, vol. 15, no. 2, pp. 438-443, 2001. [6] j. fernandez, m. j. renedo, a pesquera and j. a. irabien, “effect of caso4 on the structure and use of ca(oh)2/fly ash sorbents for so2 removal”, powder technology, vol. 119, pp. 201-205, 2001. [7] d. c. montgomery, design and analysis of experiments, john wiley & sons, n.y., usa 1976. [8] c. daniel, “use of half-normal plots in interperating factorial two level experiments”, technometrics, vol. 1, pp. 311-324, 1959. nomenclature a significant at 1% level a ratio of cao to bottom ash abc interaction between ratio of cao to bottom ash, hydration temperature and hydration period b hydration temperature iium engineering journal, vol. 2, no. 1, 2001 c. c. li et al. 43 bet brunauer-emmett-teller bc interaction between hydration temperature and hydration period c hydration period doe design of experiment fgd flue gas desulfurization (l) all the factors are low biographies chang chin li obtained her b. sc. degree in chemical engineering from universiti sains malaysia in 2001. she is currently working with shell malaysia as a process engineer. her long term career plan is to carry out research work in the field of molecular engineering. lee keat teong obtained his b. sc. degree in chemical engineering from universiti sains malaysia in 2000. he is currently pursuing his ph.d also in chemical engineering at universiti sains malaysia under national science fellowship from the ministry of science, technology and environment, malaysia. his field of research is in air pollution control. prof. subhash bhatia joined the school of chemical engineering, universiti sains malaysia, perak branch campus, in 1995. he was full professor at the department of chemical engineering, indian institute of technology, kanpur (india). prof. bhatia was a visiting faculty at the university of queensland, australia from 1988 – 1989 and 1994 – 1995. his research interests are zeolite catalysis, chemical reaction engineering and environmental catalysis. he has written a book on zeolite catalysis that was published by crc press, usa and has published more than 75 papers at national and international journals. dr. abdul rahman mohamed obtained his ph.d. in chemical engineering from university of new hampshire. his research interest is mainly in the environmental issues with the emphasis in air pollution control. he is currently the dean and associate professor of the school of chemical engineering, universiti sains malaysia. dr. abdul rahman has conducted and completed numerous funded research projects and has published more than 80 papers at various international and national conferences and journals. iium engineering journal, vol. 2, no. 1, 2001 44 microsoft word 43-570-4-pra iium engineering journal, vol. 9, no. 2, 2008 hussain et al. 1 spot welding copper–1%cr electrode tips produced via equal channel angular pressing l. b. hussain 1 , a.a. aljuboury 2 , m.a.m. gebril 3 , nurulakmal m. sharif 1 1 school of materials and mineral resources engineering, universiti sains malaysia, penang, malaysia 2 department of physics, garyounis university, benghazi, libya. 3 benghazi, libya abstract: a sharp 120 o equal channel angular pressing (ecap) following route bc was applied at room temperature to refine the grain sizes of pure copper and copper1%chromium alloy for spot welding electrode tips application. initially deformation behavior was investigated with the position using colorful plasticine as work piece followed by copper alloy. it was found that the deformation at the central part of the work piece is heavily sheared than the outer part. optical and scanning electron microscopy were used to study the progress of grain refining under the influence of rotation and number of passes during pressing. the influence of elongated fibrous nano grains on electrical conductivity and hardness were discussed. shear test of spot welded 303 stainless steel indicated that nano structural cu-1%cr electrode tips used showed a superior results compared to commercial electrodes. keywords: equal channel angular processing (ecap); spot welding; ultra-fine grains, conductivity, hardness. 1. introduction severe plastic deformation methods have been the subject of intensive investigations in recent years [1]. it has been proven to be available for producing materials of fine microstructure via a method where large strain can be introduced into a work piece by simple shear deformation without change in the cross sectional area [2-5]. ecap process, where two equal cross sectional channels intersect at an oblique angleφ and ψ indicates the angle occupied by the curved region at the point of intersection and lies between ψ =0 and φ−=ψ π [6]. a work piece of almost the same cross section is placed into one of the channels (vertical channel), and a plunger then extrudes it into the second channel. despite the unique capability of ecap, primarily it has not been widely used because the strain per pass through the die channels is not very large; therefore to obtain a desire high strain and microstructure by ecap, many passes are required. materials for spot welding electrodes should have sufficiently high thermal and electrical conductivities, and sufficiently low contact resistance, to prevent burning of the work piece surface or alloying of the electrode face with it and should have adequate strength to resist deformation at operating pressures and temperatures. electrode materials iium engineering journal, vol. 9, no. 2, 2008 hussain et al. 2 have been classified by resistance welder manufacturers association (rwma) into two composition groups: copper-based alloys and refractory metal compositions. these classifications cover a wide range of resistance welding electrode materials to meet most applications [7]. in addition to these standard materials, there are a number of unclassified copper alloys and other materials that may be suitable for resistance welding electrodes. suitability will depend upon the application, although most requirements are met by materials that comply with rwma standards [8]. copper is used for electrodes because it has a low resistance and high thermal conductivity compared to most metals. unfortunately, when the electrodes get too hot, heat marks on the surface of work pieces can be formed. the electrodes also become susceptible to “mushrooming”. electrode mushrooming reduces their usable lifetime. an attempt to overcome this entire problem is to strengthen copper alloy which can be developed via nano structure. an attractive and viable approach or mechanism for improving the strength of copper is to introduce a fine cr structure into cu matrix, resulting in a dispersion-strengthened alloy. copper matrices containing fine dispersions are particularly attractive for their excellent combinations of thermal and electrical conductivities, strength retention at elevated temperature and overall micro structural stability. in the current study, the deformation behavior of plasticine mainly focused on understanding of local inhomogeneity, during the ecap process. in particular, the effect of friction conditions on the inhomogeneous deformation of the work piece is described. subsequently a nano fibrous structural copper chromium alloy can be produced. properties such as conductivity with low electrical resistance and hardness were also discussed. 2. materials and method a die with two intersecting channels of equal cross section is used. a work piece, in the form of a circular cross sections are produced by pressing the work piece in the vertical (entrance) die’s channel to fit within the entrance channel of an ecap die and it is then pressed through the die until it emerges from the exit channel. in this investigation, the pressing condition applied following route bc, in which after each pass the sample is rotated 90 o clockwise before performing the next pass. according to segal [9] the shear plane orientation changed with the number of passes and intersection of these shear planes develop an approximate uniform network into the material. therefore, an equiaxial and ultrafine structures with high angle grain boundaries are attained for route bc with lowest number of passes. thus, route bc is more effective and more suitable for grain refinement. therefore, for each pass the pressed work piece have to be removed from the die, rotate 90 o clockwise and re-insert into the die for the next pass. under these conditions, the deformation is achieved by simple shear. deformed by ecap, the work piece retains the same cross sectional area so that it is able to repeat the process to several cycles. therefore, every plastic strain could be accumulated in the sample. the materials used in the present investigation were plasticine, copper and copper1%cr alloy as work pieces of 10 mm diameter were subjected to ecap for several iium engineering journal, vol. 9, no. 2, 2008 hussain et al. 3 extruding passes at room temperature through lubricated tool steel die. ecap die consisted of two channels at an angle of φ=90 o and ψ =0 o as shown in fig. 1. fig. 1: angles for equal channel angular pressing and ecaped workpiece. the plasticine was made from small equal and colorful plasticine pieces connected to each other under very low pressure to produce 10 mm cross section plasticine rod in order to simulate the grain structure of polycrystalline structures. the plasticine work pieces were photographed before extrusion through the die and after each required number of passes. then the deformed trend was investigated. pure copper (99.9%) 10 mm in diameter and 50 mm in length, and copper1%chromium alloy was prepared via melting and casting, the alloy was fully annealed at 850 o for 1 hr and subsequently machined to rods with dimensions of 10 mm in diameter and 50 mm in length for ecap. copper and copper-chromium samples were cut using diamond cutter at transverse and longitudinal directions with respect to pressing direction of plunger side and mounted for polishing and etching. scanning electron microscopy was conducted and the grain sizes ware observed and size was estimated directly from the grains that have a well-defined grain boundary. knoop micro hardness testing with 100 gm were applied at room temperature, the resulting impression was observed under a microscope and measured. the value of hardness was taken as the average of 10 measurement made on the surface of the sample. after the samples at transverse and longitudinal directions were cut, resistivity test was carried out. the test was accomplished by a four point probe. the samples were fabricated into truncated shape before weld test on stainless steel (304) was carried out on the electrodes. this work was done using the lathe machining; coolant is used to avoid the grain growth of samples due to heat generated during machining. the fabricated electrode tips should be fitted well into a modified holder, and the minimum face diameter of electrode with truncated shape was 5 mm. iium engineering journal, vol. 9, no. 2, 2008 hussain et al. 4 shear test specimens were made from 304 stainless steel samples having dimensions of 0.7 mm thickness, 16 mm width and 50 mm length after surface polishing and cleaning by sand blasting to avoid any hindrance of the current passing. the foot press type spot welding machine was used in this project to joint stainless steel samples, and different welding parameters were used to weld the stainless steel samples to get the best welding property. 3. results and discussion it has been demonstrated that, providing the sample is constrained to fully fill the die channel and the die corner is sharp, on traveling through the die an element will be sheared abruptly by crossing the joint line between the two channels by an amount dependent on the die channel angle [2]. the difference in the deformation behavior within the plasticine sample where a deformation at the central part of the sample is heavily sheared than the outer part is attributed to two reasons. first, the asymmetry of the stress state, where the inner part of the entry side receives compressive stress due to the compression of the ramp, and the outer part of the entry side of the sample is in the tensile stress state since the outer part is elongated in the pressing direction ahead of and in the front part of the main deformation zone (fig. 2). second, the less sheared at the outer part is attributed to the friction effect between the sample and the die walls [10]. however, the friction will intensify the shear deformation of the surface elements since the friction operates in the reverse direction to that of the motion of the moving surface. evidently, the sample deformed in longitudinal fibrous with ultra fine structure in a cross section of the sample. after 12 passes clearly the structures has undergone a severe deformation and ultra fine structure can be seen in fig.1f. interestingly this deformation mechanism can be applied on copper and copper alloys for resistance spot welding applications. it may be obvious that hardness and conductivity can be improve since high conductivity and hardness are the critical factors to successful resistance spot welding (rsw) in robotic and automation industries. the initial grain size of pure copper is about 200 µm. the two groups were subjected to plastic deformation using the equal channel angular pressing (ecap) method. during ecap the direction and number of the billet passes through the channel are very important for microstructure refinement. therefore, samples were pressed through the die using a plunge, and when each pass is terminated, the samples were rotated about the longitudinal axis by 90º in the same direction after each consecutive pressing. this rotation procedure was designated as route bc and it led most expeditiously to a homogeneous equiaxedgrained structure in transverse toward the pressing [11, 12]. figures 3 (a) and (b) show the microstructure of pure cu and cu-1%cr alloy before and after ecap, respectively. it is observed that the pure copper sample shows defined equal axis grain, while cu-1%cr consisted of copper matrix with eutectic structure (fig. 3b). it was noted that the change of grains to elongated shape is distinct after four and seven passes of ecap (fig. 3c). it is interesting that the eutectic structure is also elongated and disperses as stringers in between the copper matrix. it was believed that deformation of the grain in the direction pressing lead to fibrous tiny grains. further passes lead to the iium engineering journal, vol. 9, no. 2, 2008 hussain et al. 5 production of nano grains. however, microstructure of cu-1%cr after 7 passes in transverse direction showed equaxis and round eutectic grains (fig. 2c). (a) (b) (c) (d) (f) fig. 2: ecap plasticine sample (a) longitudinal simulated grain boundary before pressing, (b) cross section simulated grain boundary before pressing, (c) longitudinal cross section structure after one pass, (d) longitudinal cross section structure after 8 passes and (f) longitudinal cross section structure after 12 passes by using 120 o sharp die (top edgeinner ) and (bottom edge outer). x10 the knoop micro hardness measured on the surface of tip clearly indicates that the hardness of pure copper after ecap is higher than pure copper before ecap process (fig. 4). the hardness of copper-chromium was also improved by ecap process due to eca process which leads to formation of nano grains. it is believed that ecap processes enhanced and improved the hardness due to refinement of the grain, which leads to reduction in grain sizes within the submicron or nano range with boundaries having high angles of miss orientation. iium engineering journal, vol. 9, no. 2, 2008 hussain et al. 6 (a) optical x1000 (b) optical x1000 (c) x1000 (d) x50000, marker 200 nm fig. 3: (a) microstructure of pure cu and (b) and (c) longitudinal cu-1%cr alloy before and after ecap respectively, the arrow indicates the direction of pressing (d) microstructure of cu-1%cr in transverse direction after 7 passes. 0 50 100 150 200 250 hardness (kg/mm2) pure cu befor ecap pure cu after ecap cu-1%cr before ecap cu-1%cr after ecap samples fig. 4: knoop hardness results of pure cu and cu-1%cr after and before ecap. iium engineering journal, vol. 9, no. 2, 2008 hussain et al. 7 typically, comparison of iacs% was made between annealed copper to represent the commercial electrodes and cu-1%cr alloy after 4 passes. figure 5 shows the %iacs for standard annealed copper at 20 o c is 100%iacs and iacs% of cu-1%cr alloy after 4 passes. four probe resistivity results analysis indicated that the conductivity of cu –1%cr alloy in the ecap direction is improved by 10%, due to ecap processes which lead to formation of longitudinal grains with high angles which act as channels to help in carrying the charge carrier with less scattering. conductivity enhancement of cu-1%cr alloy after 4 passes ecap gives good indication to improve the resistance spot welding application beside the improvement of hardness. it has to be mentioned that after 4 passes the conductivity declined due to the presence of nano structure within the longitudinal direction which in turn acts as an obstacle in the current flow leading to increase the resistance. 94 96 98 100 102 104 106 108 110 112 pure cu cu-1% cr after ecap electrode % ia s c fig. 5: iacs% for pure cu no passes and cu-1%cr alloy after four passes. it was shown that shear strength values of welded stainless steel using cu-1%cr electrode tips after 4 passes of ecap compare to pure cu before ecap and after ecap, electrodes was improved by 25% for pure copper and 50% for cu-1%cr respectively. this is due to the hardness improvement and conductivity. in general the shear strength depends on both the tips contact area and the conductivity, large nugget area with low heat diffusivity leads to low shear stress. as the diameter of nugget increases with proper welding conditions, the load of failure increases and fracture takes place in one of the sheets around the periphery of the weld, leaving the nugget or slug attached to the other sheet (pull-out) failure. the failure leaving the nugget or slug attached to the other sheet interface is noted, which indicates that the diffusion due to the spot welding is good enough leading the shear to take place at heat affected zone circumference around the nugget. iium engineering journal, vol. 9, no. 2, 2008 hussain et al. 8 in general cu-1%cr tips after ecap showed smaller tip diameter deformation during spot welding, in comparison with cu-1%cr produced tips before ecap, and pure copper tips, due to formation of nano grains that leads to higher hardness for cu-1%cr tips after ecap compared to cu-1%cr produced tips before ecap and pure copper tips. this may lead to longer life for cu-cr electrode tips produced by ecap than pure cu electrode tips produced without ecap, and cu-cr before ecap electrode tips. as a result, shear stress of welded stainless steel after ecap tips is higher than welded sample before ecap process tips. the electrode deformation occurred after each weld attempted. the trend of tips diameter deformation after ecap was less than that of tips produced before ecap. electrode tip diameter increases with a 100 weld number for tips produced before and after ecap for cu electrode tips. the change in diameter was observed to increase by 40% for electrodes without ecap application. figure 6 shows the complete feature of rsw for stainless steel welds using cu-1%cr electrode tips after 4 passes. nugget structure is well formed a thin area of heat-affected zone (haz) is observed around the nugget area, and indention of the outer surface of sheets was observed. this confirmed that the penetration or the depth that fusion extends into the outer work piece is in the accepted range (20 to 80%) of the work piece thickness. it showed high shear strength values of welded stainless steel using cu-1%cr electrode tips after 4 passes ecap compare to pure cu before ecap and after 4 passes ecap electrodes, this is due to the hardness improvement. typical shear failure rather detachment was observed, fig. 6b. (a) (b) fig. 6: (a) sem image that show the features of rsw of stainless steel welds by cu1%cr electrode tips after 4 passes which are structure of fusion zone (nugget) formation and very thin haz (x25). (b) maximum shear of spot welded stainless steel failure rather then detachment. iium engineering journal, vol. 9, no. 2, 2008 hussain et al. 9 4. conclusions plasticine was used in order to understand more on the plastic deformation behavior of the polycrystalline material during the ecap process. it is clearly noticed, the lesser shear deformation zone occurrence near the surface which pass through the outer corner of the die is attributed to the fast move of the outer part of the material compared to the inner part of the material. this deformation mechanism leads to formation of nano fibrous structural grains. ecap produces nano elongated grain boundary with fine sub-grain for both cu and cu-1% cr ranging from 100 – 500 nm for four passes and less than 100 to 300 nm for seven passes respectively. the hardness of cu-1%cr was improved by ecap process compared to pure cu and cu-1%cr before ecap process due to formation of ultrafine and nano grains. after 4 passes in ecap process, the iacs % of cu-1% cr increased due to formation of longitudinal grains with high angles which act as channel to help in carrying the charge carrier. shear strength of welded stainless steel produced by cu-1% cr electrode tips after ecap process higher than that of tips produced before ecap process. on the other hand, the shear strength of stainless steel welds using cu-1% cr tips shows higher value than welding produced via cu tips before ecap process, and comparable to that produced via cu tips after ecap process. cu-1% cr electrode after ecap process showed less deformation in comparison with cu and cu-1% cr before ecap process. the complete features of rsw nugget for stainless steel welds using cu-1%cr electrode tips after ecap shows columnar grains and very thin area of heat affected zone (haz) and nugget formation with fewer defects for the joining of stainless steel welds using electrode tips are observed. references [1] s. j. oh, s. b kang, “analysis of the billet deformation during equal channel angular pressing”, mater. sci. eng. a343,107-117, 2003. [2] v. m. segal “material processing by simple shear”, mater.sci.eng. a197,157-164. 1995 [3] y.i. iwahashi, z. horita,. m. nemoto, t.g. langdon, “investigation of microstructural evolution during equal channel angular pressing “, acta. mater. vol.45 ,4733-4740,1997. [4] a. a. aljboury, l.b., hussain, n. m. sharif, m. z. addullah “the influence of plastic deformation via ecap on the hardness of 6061 al alloy”, um, kl, malaysia, paper 67, session 15, icramme 2005. [5] s. lee., a. utsunomiya, a. h.kamatsu, k. neishi, m.furukaw, z.horita, t.g. langdon,” influence of scandium and zirconium on grain stability and super plastic ductility in ultra fine grained al-mg alloys” acta. mater.,vol.50, 553-.560, 2002. [6] h. s. kim, finite element analysis of equal channel angular pressing using a round corner die” mater. sci. eng., a315, 122-128, 2001. [7] d. w. dickinson, resistance spot welding, metals handbook, nint edition, vol. 6, welding, brazing, and soldering, welding rolled research & development, republic steel corp. pp. 469, 493, 1983. iium engineering journal, vol. 9, no. 2, 2008 hussain et al. 10 [8] w. h. kearns, “welding handbook, resistance and solid state welding and others joining processes”, 7th edition, american welding society, 2501 northwest 7th street, miami, florida 33125, vol. 3, pp. 99,128,131,132(1980), [9] v.m segal., “equal channel angular extrusion: from macromechanics to structure formation”. mat. sci. eng. a271, 322–333. 1999. [10] y. wu, i. baker, “an experimental study of equal channel angular extrusion” scripta mater. vol. 37, 347-353, 1997. [11] a. shan, i.g. moon, h.s. jo, j.w. park “direct observation of shear deformation during equal channel angular pressing of pure aluminum”, scripta mater., vol. 41, 353-364, 1999. [12] y.i wahashi, j. wang, z. horita, m. nemoto, and t. g. langdon, “principle of equal channel angular pressing of ultra fine grained materials” scripta mater., vol.35, part 2, 143146,1996. microsoft word 180-994-1-ed completed iium engineering journal, vol. 12, no. 4, 2011: special issue on biotechnology zainul abidin and anuar 43 comparison of the production of recombinant protein in suspension culture of cho cells in spinner flask and shake flask system zainul abidin. s.n.z and anuar. n department of chemical and process engineering, faculty of engineering, universiti kebangsaan malaysia, 43600 bangi, selangor. zakiah.zainul@yahoo.com abstract: chinese hamster ovary (cho) cells is one of the most widely used production host for the commercial production of biopharmaceuticals product. they have been extensively studied and developed, and today provide a stable platform for producing monoclonal antibodies and recombinant proteins. this study focused on the production of recombinant protein in suspension culture of cho cells in spinner flask and shake flask.the cho cells were transfected with dna plasmid containing lac z gene which codes for β-galactosidase. the β-galactosidase-expressing cho cells were adapted to suspension culture. the agitation speed for both spinner and shake flask were adjusted accordingly. the experiments were carried out in duplicate and samples were taken for cell count, determination of glucose consumption, lactate production and protein level by using biochemical assay. results showed that cell growth in spinner flask is more favorable than in shake flask. the cell concentration in spinner flask is 58% higher than in shake flask. on the other hand, specific activity of β-galactosidase is 25% higher in spinner flask compared to shake flask, at the same agitation speed. abstrak: sel ovari hamster china (chinese hamster ovary (cho)) digunakan secara meluas dalam hos pembiakan untuk tujuan komersil produk biofarmaseutikal. ia telah dikaji dan dibangunkan secara ekstensif, dan kini ia menyediakan landasan yang stabil untuk penghasilan antibodi monoklon dan protein rekombinan. kajian ini memfokuskan tentang penghasilan protein rekombinan menggunakan kultur ampaian sel cho di dalam kelalang putar dan kelalang goncang. sel cho dimasukkan dengan plasmid dna yang mengandungi gen lac z yang juga memberikan kod untuk β-galaktosidase. sel cho βgalaktosidase–terungkap dimasukkan ke dalam kultur ampaian. kelajuan agitasi untuk kedua-dua kelalang putar dan kelalang goncang disesuaikan dengan sewajarnya. eksperimen dijalankan menggunakan pendua dan sampel yang diambil untuk kiraan sel, penentuan penggunaan glukosa, penghasilan laktat dan aras protein dengan menggunakan cerakin biokimia. keputusan menunjukkan tumbesaran sel di dalam kelalang putar lebih menggalakkan daripada dalam kelalang goncang. kepekatan sel dalam kelalang putar adalah 58% lebih tinggi daripada dalam kelalang goncang. sebaliknya, pada kelajuan agitasi yang sama, aktiviti tertentu β-galaktosidase adalah 25% lebih tinggi dalam kelalang putar dibandingkan dengan kelalang goncang. keywords: chinese hamster ovary; β-galactosidase; spinner flask; shake flask 1. introduction in recent years, the number of recombinant proteins used for therapeutic applications has increased dramatically and outstanding importance. these demands have driven the development of a variety of improvements in protein expression technology, generally iium engineering journal, vol. 12, no. 4, 2011: special issue on biotechnology zainul abidin and anuar 44 concerning mammalian and microbial culture system. therefore, the need for recombinant proteins in fundamental research and for clinical applications is continually increasing. although other options are available, cultivated mammalian cells are often the primary choice for protein expression when functional protein folding and complex posttranslational modifications are required [1]. complex proteins that are impossible for bacteria, yeast or insect cells to produce can be achieved by using mammalian cells [2]. currently about 60% of all recombinant therapeutic proteins are produced in mammalian cells, mainly because of the ability of mammalian hosts to generate high-quality proteins that are similar in their biochemical properties to the naturally occurring human forms. this growing demand for high-quality recombinant therapeutics is driving the research and development of mammalian-cell-based manufacturing systems for enhanced production yields [3]. in industrial cell culture, chinese hamster ovary (cho) cells are commonly used as host for the production recombinant protein. they have been extensively studied and developed, and today provide a stable platforms for the production of recombinant therapeutic proteins and there are incentives to continuously improve the cell cultivation process [4]. cho cells have become the standard mammalian host cells used in the production of recombinant proteins, although mouse myeloma (ns0), baby hamster kidney (bhk), human embryonic kidney (hek-293) or human-retina-derived (perc6) cells are alternatives. all these cell lines have been adapted to grow in suspension culture and are well suited for scale-up in stirred tank bioreactors. however, cho cells are commonly employed as a host for producing various recombinant proteins for therapeutic applications [5]. the advantage of using cho and nso cells is that there are well-characterized platform technologies that allow for transfection, amplification and selection of highproducer clones [5]. however, cho cells are mainly dominating the mass production of recombinant protein products because of their capabilities for single-cell suspension growth [6]. the development of a stable cell line is a costly and time-consuming process, and this investment may be lost if the recombinant protein is not approved for clinical use [4]. when considering a process scale-up for larger production, attention should be given to the productivity and the product quality [5, 6]. classical cultivation apparatus at moderate scales is the glass spinner flask with a magnetically driven impeller for mixing. spinner flasks are less expensive and easier to handle than glass or stainless steel bioreactors. nevertheless, there is a considerable amount of work associated with their cleaning and sterilization [7]. many suspensionadapted cell lines can achieve densities of 1 to 2 x 10 6 cells ml -1 or higher in these spinner flasks [5]. fox (2003) stated that the major alternatives to spinner flask and bioreactors for culturing suspension mammalian cells are in suspension was agitated culture vessels such as erlenmeyer flasks operated on orbital shaker. in most research, shake flask has been choose and used as the first method in fundamental studies as well as in developing a larger scale fermentation process. shaken culture system are mostly developed for bacterial and fungal cultures, however applications for mammalian cell have also been reported since this system has been well established and proven to be very useful for initial culture experiments and screening purpose [9]. the purpose of the present work was to was to compare and to study the effectiveness of different cultivation vessels; spinner flasks and shake flasks for the growth and production of recombinant protein in chinese hamster ovary (cho) cell line. such iium engineering journal, vol. 12, no. 4, 2011: special issue on biotechnology zainul abidin and anuar 45 information will facilitate future optimization processes because mammalian cell have a highly individual character which will be highlighted by different glucose consumption, lactate production and sensitivity towards stress signal [8]. this study describes preliminary findings on the relationship between cell growth in agitated and shaker culture and production of β-galactosidase in cho cells. 2. materials and methods 2.1 cell line and medium the cell line used in this study was recombinant chinese hamster ovary (cho) cells [tf9(7)] obtained from mammalian cell culture laboratory of the national university of malaysia (ukm). the cell line was transfected with a dna fragment (plasmid) containing lac z gene which codes for an expression of β-galactosidase [10]. the cells expressed β galactosidase as the main protein product. cho cells were grown in rpmi 1640 (roswell park memorial institute) media containing 5% fetal bovine serum (gibco) and 1% penicillin streptomycin (gibco). the cells were cells were maintained in t-flask and incubated at 37c and 5% co2. 2.2 culture condition cultures were carried out in 500 ml wheaton spinner flask and erlenmeyer flasks with working volume of 200 ml, at 37°c in a 5% co2 incubator. the stirring and agitation speeds were adjusted at 60, 80, 100, and 120 rpm. the cell cultures were initiated at 2.5 x 10 5 cells ml -1 and were cultivated for 5 days. the spinner flask used bulb-shape glass magnetic impeller (wheaton) and the shake flask were shaken using incubator shaker (heidolph). the screw cap of the flask was hand-tightened during incubation. ph were adjusted as necessary by adding sterile naoh (1m) solution to raise the ph if the medium is acidic (yellow) or hydrochloric acid, hcl (1m) to reduce the ph if the medium is acidic (purple). all of the experiments were carried out in duplicate. 2.3 determination of cells growth and production samples (2 ml) were taken daily for cell count and for the measurement of glucose, lactate and protein production. 2.3.1 measurement of cell concentration and viability the cell viability was determined using the trypan-blue dye exclusion method using 0.04% trypan blue solution (sigma). the cells were counted in a fuchs rosenthal haemocytometer counting chamber by using inverted microscope. cell viability was expressed as the number of viable cells over the total number of cells. 2.3.2 glucose and lactate assays the sample were centrifuged at 1500 rpm for 5 min and supernatant was analyzed for glucose and lactate concentrations by using biochemistry analyzer (ysi 2700 select). 2.3.2 mtt assay mitochondrial activity of the cells was determined using mtt (3-(4, 5dimethylyhiazolil-2)-2, 5-diphenyl tetrazolium bromide (sigma) assay [11]. after cells were harvested, 100 µl cells suspensions were loaded into 96 wells plates. ten microliters of mtt (5 mg.ml -1 ) was loaded to each well of the plates, and incubated for 3 hours. the absorbance was measured by using micro-plate reader (versa max) at 595 nm. iium engineering journal, vol. 12, no. 4, 2011: special issue on biotechnology zainul abidin and anuar 46 2.3.3 specific β-galactosidase activity assay specific β-galactosidase activity assay was measured in cell lysates using the betared β-galactosidase assay kit (novagene, usa) according to the manufacture’s instructions. samples were collected in tube and were spinned at 1500 rpm for 5 min. then the cells were rinsed with pbs once and 100 µ l of reportasol extraction buffer were added before respinned at 12000 rpm for 5 min. the supernatant was collected for β-galactosidase activity assay. according to the manufacture’s protocol, 5-50 µ l cell extraction and negative control were placed in 96 well plates and 145 µl of betared reaction buffer was added in each wells. the plates were incubated at 37°c. betared stop buffer was added to stop the reaction if the color changes to reddish. the results were measured at absorbance of 595 nm. in order to measure the total amount of protein concentration, dye binding quickstart bradford protein assay (bio-rad, usa) was carried out according to manufacturer’s protocol, by using bovine serum albumin (bsa, sigma) as the standard (bio-rad). in brief, standard (125-2000 mg.ml -1 ) and lysate were incubated with working reagent at room temperature for at least 5 min. the absorbance was measured at 595 nm by using bradford program on the biophotometer. 3. results and discussion cell growth and protein production were carried out in two different cultivation system; 500 ml spinner flask and 500 ml shake flask with working volume of 200 ml. the suspension cultures were started by filling 50% volume of the flasks with media to provide large headspace. this headspace was considered sufficient to supply oxygen to the cells, at least during the initial phases of growth, for cho cells typically seeded at a density of 2× 10 5 –3.5× 10 5 cells ml -1 [12-14]. in this experiment, the agitation speeds of the spinner flask were set at speed range of 60 rpm to 120 rpm. from the observations it showed that this condition has prevented both settling of cells and foaming of the growth medium. the spinner flask feature a bulb-shape glass impeller that rotates from a fixed position at the center of the flask, which provides a slow and gentle orbital movement for the susupension culture.mean while the shake flasks were shaken using an incubator shaker. results in fig. 1(a) and (b), show the cell concentration and percentage of viable in spinner flask at different agitation speed. the maximum number of viable cells was obtained at 60 rpm. cell density reached 1.84 x 10 6 cells ml -1 with 99.7% viability after 72 hours. whereas the lowest t cell concentration was achieved when culture was agitated at 100 rpm, with cell concentration and percentage viable cells 5.36 x 10 5 cells ml -1 and 79% respectively. this result showed that the cell concentration decrease as the agitation increased. the figures also showed that after 96 hours of cell cultivation, the cell growth rate has gradually has decreased until the end of the growth phase. figure 1 (c) shows the correlation between viability of cells and cellular growth and proliferation by using mtt assay. establishing a correlation between manual cell counts and metabolic kinetics was very challenging as the two types of measurement assess different aspects of physiological behavior of cultured cells [15]. it discovered that the cells viability was nearly similar with cellular growth. evaluation of glucose consumption versus cell density indicated that in all experiments performed, cell growth was limited by this nutrient as shown in fig. 1 (d). cell stopped growing when glucose depleted in the medium. the rate of lactate production is directly related to the rate of glucose consumption. the relation between the serum concentration in cultivation medium and glucose production and lactate production rates is highly dependent on the cell line applied [16]. this suggests that the cell growth is limited to depletion of nutrients and accumulation of toxic metabolites. iium engineering journal, vol. 12, no. 4, 2011: special issue on biotechnology zainul abidin and anuar 47 the value of highest glucose concentration was approximately 2.70 g.l -1 and gradually decreases with the minimum concentration 0.01 g.l -1 . it shows that glucose consumption was consumed rapidly and was exhausted starting on day 2, which gradually decline until day 5. figure 1(e) shows lactate production and its accumulation and the final concentration achieved was 1.530 g/l. glucose consumption and lactate accumulation correlated well with the cell growth parameters. figure 1 (f) shows the value of specific activity β-galactosidase at different agitation speed. in spinner flask the best agitation speed was at 60 rpm in which cells reached maximum viable cell concentration of 1.84 x 10 6 cells ml -1 after 72 hours with maximum specific activity β-galactosidase of 21.9 miliunit mg -1 . at higher agitation speed, the value of specific β-galactosidase is lower than 1.0 milliunit mg -1 . these results indicated that the amounts of specific activity of βgalactosidase produced at various agitation speeds were very much depended on the cell growth and agitation speed. fig. 1: effect of different condition on the growth of recombinant cho cells as shown by the (a) cell viability (b) percentage of cell viability, (c) metabolic activity of cells (d) glucose consumption (e) lactate production (f) specific activity β-galactosidase in the culture media at different agitation speed in spinner flask. in order to compare cells cultivation, by using shake flask, this experiment was carried out at the same rate of agitation speed of 60 rpm to 120 rpm. 60 rpm has been choose as minimum agitation because at lower revolutions the cell will settle at the bottom of the flask meanwhile at agitation speed above 120 rpm agitation speed, the medium move too vigorously and cause cell death. from fig. 2 (a), it shows that different cell concentrations were obtained in shake flask at different agitation speed. the maximum cell concentration was established at 100 rpm with cell concentration of 1.07 x 10 6 cells ml -1 . the result also showed that the cell viability started to decrease after 60 hours of cultivation. percentage of viable cells shows that, agitation at100 rpm gave the best result iium engineering journal, vol. 12, no. 4, 2011: special issue on biotechnology zainul abidin and anuar 48 for viability of cells, which show 99% cell viable. however, at 120 rpm the cells viability started decreases in day 4 with only 25.5% viable cells. it shows that agitation speed of 120rpm is too vigorous for 200 ml volume in erlenmeyer flasks. at 60 and 80 rpm, the maximum value of total cells reached 7.24 x 10 5 cells ml -1 but viability started to decrease after 4 days of cultivation. figure 2 (d) and (e) show glucose consumption and lactate production in shake flask at different agitation speeds, the data shows that glucose was consumed rapidly and started to decrease in day 2 and gradually declined until day 5 same as in spinner flask. lactate production and accumulation reached final maximum concentrations of 1.565 g.l -1 . figure 2 (f) shows specific activity of β-galactosidase in shake flask, it shows stable protein production at 60 rpm, with maximum activity of 5.462 milliunit mg -1 . it is less compare to protein production in spinner flask. fig. 2: effect of different condition on the growth of recombinant cho cells as shown by the (a) cell viability (b) percentage of cell viability, (c) metabolic activity if cells (d) glucose consumption (e) lactate production (f) specific activity β-galactosidase in the culture media at different agitation speed in shake flask. 4. conclusion the agitations provided by spinner flask give better cell growth and higher protein production when compared to shake flasks. this study showed that shake flask is not suitable for culturing cho cells.. this might be due to high shear stress imposed in shake flask has affected the cell growth and viability. culture in spinner flasks shows better cell growth and higher enzyme production with specific enxyme activity β-galactosidase of 21.917 milliunit mg -1 at 60 rpm, compare to shake flask with only 5.462 milliunit mg -1 at same agitation speed. iium engineering journal, vol. 12, no. 4, 2011: special issue on biotechnology zainul abidin and anuar 49 acknowledgement this study was supported by research university grant: ukm-gup-nbt-08-26-095 from, ministry of science, technology and innovation, malaysia. references [1] ryan. j.a., “growing more cells: a simple guide to small volume cell culture scale-up,” corning incorporated,” 2004 [2] woodside. s m. , bowen b. d. &. piret. j. m., “mammalian cell retention devices for stirred perfusion bioreactors”. cytotechnology,” vol 28, pp. 163–175, 1998. [3] matasci. m,. hacker. d. l, baldi. l , wurm. f. m., “. recombinant therapeutic protein production in cultivated mammalian cells: current status and future prospects,” drug discovery today: technologies, vol. 5, pp. 37–42, 2008. [4] girard p, jordan m, tsao m, wurm fm., “ small-scale bioreactor system for process development and optimization,” biochemical engineering, vol. 7, pp. 117–119, 2001. [5] schmidt, f.r., “optimization and scale up of inductrial fermentation process, “applied microbiology and biotechnology,” vol. 68, pp. 425-435, 2005 [6] wurm. f.m., “production of recombinant protein therapeutics in cultivated mammalian cells,” nature biotechnology, vol. 22, pp. 1393-1398, 2004. [7] ryan. j.a., “growing more cells: a simple guide to small volume cell culture scale-up,” corning incorporated,” 2004. [8] fox. s.r, patel. u.a, yap.m. g.s., wang. d.i c, “ maximizing interferon γ production by chinese hamster ovary cells through temperature shift optimization: experimental and modeling,” biotechnology and bioengineering, vol. 85, pp. 177-184, 2003. [9] matasci. m,. hacker. d. l, baldi. l , wurm. f. m., “. recombinant therapeutic protein production in cultivated mammalian cells: current status and future prospects,” drug discovery today: technologies, vol. 5, pp. 37–42, 2008. [10] saifudin. n. ibrahim.n, anuar. n., “optimization in trasnfection and stable production of in chinese hamster ovary cells,” biotechnology, vol 10(1), pp. 86-93, 2011 [11] mosmann, t., “rapid colorimetric assay for cellular growth and survival: application to proliferation and cytotoxicity assays,” journal of immunological methods, vol 65, pp. 55-63, 1983. [12] butler, m., “animal cell cultures: recent achievements and perspectives in the production of biopharmaceuticals,” applied microbiology and biotechnology, vol. 68, pp. 283-291, 2005. [13] jayapal, k. p., wlaschin, k. f., hu, w. s., yap, m. g. s., “recombinant protein therapeutics from cho cells-20 years and counting,” chem. eng. prog., vol. 103, pp. 40-47, 2007. [14] jesus. m.j.d and wurm. fm., “medium and process optimization for high yield, high density suspension cultures: from low throughput spinner flasks to high throughput milliliter,” bioprocess international, vol. 7, pp. 12–17, 2009. [15] tsao, y.s., cardoso, a.g., condon, g. g., voloch, m., lio, p., lagos j.c., kearns, b.g. & liu, z., “monitoring chinese hamster ovary cell culture by the analysis of glucose and lactate metabolism,” journal of biotechnolog, vol 118, pp.316-327, 2005. [16] hesham, a. e., abdeen, a., abdeen, s., elsayed, a. e., demellawy, m. & shereef, a., “serum concentration effects on the kinetics and metabolism of hela-s3 cell growth and cell adaptability for successful proliferation in serum free medium,” world applied sciences journal. vol. 6 (5), pp.608-615, 2009. application of digital cellular radio for mobile location estimation iium engineering journal, vol. 22, no. 1, 2021 usmanov and yusupov https://doi.org/10.31436/iiumej.v22i1.1497 energy and structure states of low-lying bands in 156gd pazlitdin nuritdinovich usmanov* and elmurod kuchkarboyevich yusupov department of physics, namangan engineering and technology institute, 160115 namangan, uzbekistan * corresponding author: usmanov1956.56@mail.ru (received: 3rd june 2020; accepted: 3rd september 2020; published on-line: 4th january 2021) abstract: the experimental results of the literary and electronic nuclear database for 156gd were summarized and analyzed. inertial parameters of rotating core were determined using the harris method. the theoretical values of energy and wave functions were calculated within the framework of a phenomenological model that takes into account coriolis mixing of state rotational bands. the calculated energy values were compared with existing experimental data, which were in good agreement. abstrak: hasil dapatan kajian melalui eksperimen pangkalan data nuklear dan elektronik bagi 156gd diringkaskan dan dianalisis. parameter inersia putaran berputar ditentukan menggunakan kaedah harris. nilai teori fungsi tenaga dan gelombang dikira dalam kerangka model fenomenologi yang mengambil kira campuran coriolis pada band putaran keadaan. nilai pengiraan tenaga dibandingkan dengan data eksperimen memberikan persetujuan yang baik. keywords: nuclei; energy; states; rotational bands; phenomenological model 1. introduction the gadolinium isotope with a mass a=156 is one of the most studied nuclei. the main reason is the large cross section ( , γ)n reaction in 156 gd , which provides big opportunities for studying the emission spectra in this reaction. full results on this nucleus are given in references [1,2]. several other nuclear processes supplement information on the levels and rotation bands in 156 gd . in the reaction of (α,2 )n data were obtained on the states of rotational bands with 1 0k  + = – to 26i + = , 2 0k  + = – to 14i + = , 3 0k  + = – to 10i + = , 4 0k  + = – to 6i + = , 5 0k  + = – to 4i + = , 1 2k  + = – to 15i + = and 2 2k  + = – to 4i + = . a wealth of experimental information was obtained as a result of studying the reaction ( , γ)n n [3]. based on the totality of the experimental data, one can think that for 156 gd all or almost all levels were found up to excitation energy of 2 mev. in 156 gd five rotational bands with π 0k + = are known. therefore, systematic study of the properties of these levels is very important to search the corresponding levels in the neighboring nuclei. 156 gd and 158 gd are the first nuclei in which a new type of excitation was discovered – collective states with π 1i + = [4]. at present, there have been several collective states experimentally observed in 156 gd with π 1i + = . their excitation energies and reduced probabilities ( 1)b m  are determined [5]. 167 iium engineering journal, vol. 22, no. 1, 2021 usmanov and yusupov https://doi.org/10.31436/iiumej.v22i1.1497 nonadiabaticity is observed in the energies and especially in the electromagnetic characteristics of the excited states of rotational bands with π 0k + = and π 2k + = of these nuclei [6-9]. in the present work, to explain these nonadiabatics, we use a phenomenological model that takes into account coriolis mixing of low–lying rotational bands [10, 11]. the energy levels and wave functions of the rotational band states are calculated. the nonadiabatics observed in the energies and wave functions of rotational states are discussed. more details of the phenomenological model used are given in ref. [10] and this model was also successfully applied to study the mixing of state bands of both positive and negative parity in [11-14]. 2. description of the model according to the phenomenological model of the nucleus [10], the hamilton operator has the following appearance: 2 rot , ( ) k k h h i h = + (1) , ' , ' rot , ' 1 ˆω δ ω ( ) χ( , ) k k k k k x k k h i k j k i k   = −   (2) rot rot ω ( ) ( )i de i di= – angular frequency of rotation of the core; к  − the head energies of the rotational bands; ˆ x k j k  – matrix element of coriolis interaction between the states of rotational bands; χ( , )i k – the coefficients are as follows: χ( ,0) 1i = , 1 2 2 χ( ,1) 1 ( 1) i i i = − + . the eigen wave function of the hamilton operator (1) has the following appearance:  2 ', , ' ' . ' ' ',0 2 1 2 (θ) gr, , 0 16π (θ) ( 1) (θ) 0 , 1 δ i k k i i k i m k k m k k k k i i i imk d k m d b d b + + + − − + =  +    + + −   +   (3) here , ' (θ) i m k d are generalized spherical functions; 0 is the vacuum for the k b + operators (in other words, the ground state of the nucleus in the intrinsic reference system); , i k k  are the amplitudes of mixing states of different bands with the same angular momentum i due to the coriolis interaction. eigen energies and wave functions of the rotational states are determined by diagonalization of the hamiltonian operator (2): σ , ' , , i i i k k k n n k n h  =  (4) the total energies of the states can be found by the following formula: rot ( ) ( ) ( ) k k e i e i i= + (5) there are different methods for determining the energy of the core rotational motion of the nucleus, for example, harris proposed to determine the following two-parameter formula [15]: 168 iium engineering journal, vol. 22, no. 1, 2021 usmanov and yusupov https://doi.org/10.31436/iiumej.v22i1.1497 3 0 rot 1 rot ( 1) ω ( ) ω ( )i i i i+ =  +  (6) 2 4 rot 0 rot 1 rot 1 3 ( ) ω ( ) ω ( ) 2 4 e i i i=  +  , here 0  and 1  – inertia parameters of the rotational core. 3. calculation and results according to bohr–mottelson and bengtsson–frauendorf, at small values of the spin of the nucleus, the rotational energy of the nucleus corresponds to the ground rotational states energy [16,17]. therefore, the inertial parameters of the core were determined by the harris method using the experimental energy states of ground band up to spin 8i  . table 1: values of the model parameters used in calculating level energies 0 1 12 ω 22 ω +ˆ0 11 νjx  + ˆ0 12 νjx   + ˆ0 13 νjx   + ˆ0 14 νjx   + ˆ0 15 νjx   + ˆ2 11 νjx +   + ˆ2 12 νjx +   33.3 169.47 1.076 1.739 0.416 0.45 0.25 0.91 0.42 0.40 0.1 note: 2 0 ( /mev) , 4 3 1 ( /mev ) are the inertial parameters of the rotating core (harris parameters), 1,22 ω (mev) are energies of the π 1,2 2k + = band heads, and ˆ x k j k  (mev) are the matrix elements of the coriolis interaction. figure 1 shows the values of the moment of inertia obtained by the harris method, which are compared with the effective values obtained using the following formula эфф эфф ( 1) ( ) ω ( ) i i i i +  = , here экс экс эфф ( 1) ( 1) ω ( ) 2 e i e i i + − − = (7) it can be seen from the comparison that there is a difference between them at high values of angular rotation frequency. i.e. at the large values of the total angular momentum i , deviations from the adiabatic theory are observed in the energies of the ground band. such nonadiabaticity is more pronounced in the energies of the vibration bands with 0k  + = and 2k  + = . to determine the causes of nonadiabaticity in the energies of the states of lowlying rotational bands, we use the phenomenological model presented above. the energy of the rotational motion of the nucleus, for the bands included in the basis of the hamiltonian operator (1), is considered the same and its values are determined by formula (6). the rotational motion at low frequencies is not related to its internal structure, i.e., the rotation of the nucleus does not affect the hamiltonian basic model (1). ground, five beta band ( 0k  + = ), two gamma 2k  + = and fifteen 1k   + = rotational bands are introduced in the hamiltonian model. the schrödinger equation of size (23x23) was solved. 169 iium engineering journal, vol. 22, no. 1, 2021 usmanov and yusupov https://doi.org/10.31436/iiumej.v22i1.1497 fig. 1: comparison of the values of the moments of inertia determined by the effective and harris method. the parameters of the model are determined in the following sequence: 1. for the head energies ωk of the ground π 1 ( 0 )k + = and π 0 n k + = bands are using the experimental values exp. ( 0) nk e i = because the head energies of these bands 0i = (in this case rotω (0) 0= ) and these states are not mixed by the coriolis forces; 2. the head energies ν1 ω of the π ν 1k + = bands found using their experimental values ν ν эксп 1 1 rot ω ( 1) ( 1);e i e i= = − = 3. the head energies 12 ω , 22 ω of the π 2k + = bands and 1,2 ˆ2 1 x j  +   are free parameters, their values were obtained by the least squares method, from the condition of better agreement of the theoretical energy of states with odd spins π 1 2k + = and π 2 2k + = rotational bands with the experimental data; 4. the parameters ˆ0 1 n x j  +   describing the coriolis interaction of the states of the π 0 n k = , and π 1k  + = bands are determined from the good agreement of the calculated theoretical energies of the states with even spins of the ground 1 (0 ) , π 2 3 4 5 0 , 0 , 0 , 0k + + + + = and π 1,2 2k + = of bands with experimental values. the selected numerical values of the model parameters are given in table 1. figure 2 shows the calculated energy values in the framework of the model which are compared with experimental results. 170 iium engineering journal, vol. 22, no. 1, 2021 usmanov and yusupov https://doi.org/10.31436/iiumej.v22i1.1497 fig. 2: comparison of theoretical and experimental energy values. the results of the comparison show that at small values of spin, the compatibility between them is good, and the difference increases with increasing spin. this difference suggests that additional effects must be taken into account when studying the properties of high-spin states. for example, it may be necessary to take into account the effect of the rotational motion of the nucleus on the intrinsic energy when the rotation of the nucleus is high. the wave functions of the states π 2 0k + = , π 3 0k + = , π 4 0k + = and π 1 2k + = bands obtained by solving the schrödinger equation (2) are present in tables 2, 3, 4 and 5 respectively. the hamiltonian basis includes 15 bands with π 1k  + = , but the table shows one component of 1 1k  + = . the components 1 i k  of the other π 1k  + = bands are determined using the following formula 1 1 1 1 1 1 ki i k k k         − = − . (8) in table 2, it can be seen that in the band with 2 0k  + = , the other components 20 i k  of the mixed bands increase with increasing spin i . this picture can be observed in other rotation bands. this result, which is due to coriolis interaction, is the main cause of the nonadiabatics manifested in the energy and electromagnetic characteristics of the exited states. 171 iium engineering journal, vol. 22, no. 1, 2021 usmanov and yusupov https://doi.org/10.31436/iiumej.v22i1.1497 table 2: the amplitude of the mixing of the base states 20 ψ i k + for 20k  + = band k i gr 02+ 03+ 04+ 05+ 11+ 21+ 22+ 2 -0.0052 0.9927 0.0261 0.0176 0.0068 0.0279 0.0927 0.0011 4 -0.0183 0.9516 0.0808 0.0599 0.0231 0.0555 0.2534 0.0043 6 -0.0385 0.8926 0.1404 0.1186 0.0460 0.0829 0.3496 0.0087 8 -0.0638 0.8353 0.1872 0.1815 0.0708 0.1068 0.3890 0.0135 10 -0.0922 0.7835 0.2177 0.2395 0.0942 0.1260 0.3988 0.0179 12 -0.1222 0.7378 0.2352 0.2884 0.1143 0.1404 0.3951 0.0216 14 -0.1529 0.6983 0.2440 0.3274 0.1306 0.1506 0.3859 0.0246 16 -0.1836 0.6645 0.2476 0.3577 0.1436 0.1576 0.3750 0.0270 18 -0.2141 0.6355 0.2482 0.3808 0.1537 0.1621 0.3639 0.0288 20 -0.2444 0.6106 0.2469 0.3984 0.1615 0.1649 0.3533 0.0302 table 3: the amplitude of the mixing of the base states 30 ψ i k + for 30k  + = band k i gr 02+ 03+ 04+ 05+ 11+ 21+ 22+ 2 -0.0025 -0.0275 0.9986 0.0118 0.0044 0.0161 -0.0183 0.0007 4 -0.0072 -0.0794 0.9923 0.0330 0.0122 0.0260 -0.0618 0.0023 6 -0.0120 -0.1374 0.9795 0.0549 0.0204 0.0319 -0.1110 0.0040 8 -0.0162 -0.1895 0.9625 0.0732 0.0272 0.0347 -0.1562 0.0054 10 -0.0194 -0.2321 0.9446 0.0872 0.0324 0.0356 -0.1938 0.0064 12 -0.0218 -0.2655 0.9278 0.0974 0.0362 0.0356 -0.2238 0.0072 14 -0.0236 -0.2916 0.9129 0.1050 0.0391 0.0350 -0.2476 0.0078 16 -0.0250 -0.3121 0.9001 0.1107 0.0412 0.0342 -0.2666 0.0082 18 -0.0260 -0.3285 0.8890 0.1151 0.0429 0.0333 -0.2819 0.0086 20 -0.0269 -0.3419 0.8795 0.1186 0.0442 0.0324 -0.2944 0.0088 table 4: the amplitude of the mixing of the base states 40 ψ i k + for 40k  + = band k i gr 02+ 03+ 04+ 05+ 11+ 21+ 22+ 2 -0.0119 -0.0347 -0.0239 0.9486 0.1105 0.1673 -0.0186 0.0396 4 -0.0302 -0.0952 -0.0675 0.8892 0.1910 0.2087 -0.0596 0.0546 6 -0.0471 -0.1625 -0.1199 0.8468 0.2258 0.2115 -0.1055 0.0569 8 -0.0604 -0.2265 -0.1744 0.8123 0.2393 0.2019 -0.1497 0.0566 10 -0.0698 -0.2812 -0.2257 0.7809 0.2427 0.1886 -0.1881 0.0554 12 -0.0760 -0.3249 -0.2708 0.7521 0.2414 0.1748 -0.2192 0.0539 14 -0.0798 -0.3584 -0.3090 0.7262 0.2379 0.1620 -0.2436 0.0524 16 -0.0822 -0.3838 -0.3408 0.7035 0.2337 0.1507 -0.2623 0.0510 18 -0.0836 -0.4030 -0.3671 0.6839 0.2294 0.1409 -0.2767 0.0497 20 -0.0844 -0.4177 -0.3890 0.6670 0.2254 0.1324 -0.2879 0.0486 172 iium engineering journal, vol. 22, no. 1, 2021 usmanov and yusupov https://doi.org/10.31436/iiumej.v22i1.1497 table 5: the amplitude of the mixing of the base states 12 ψ i k + for 12k  + = band k i gr 02+ 03+ 04+ 05+ 11+ 21+ 22+ 2 0.0021 0.0954 -0.0144 -0.0076 -0.0029 -0.0116 -0.9949 -0.0005 3 -0.0209 -0.9987 -0.0013 4 0.0052 0.2667 -0.0352 -0.0191 -0.0073 -0.0168 -0.9620 -0.0014 5 -0.0328 -0.9967 -0.0032 6 0.0070 0.3819 -0.0460 -0.0253 -0.0096 -0.0164 -0.9217 -0.0019 7 -0.0424 -0.9945 -0.0053 8 0.0078 0.4465 -0.0510 -0.0283 -0.0108 -0.0149 -0.8920 -0.0021 9 -0.0504 -0.9921 -0.0076 10 0.0082 0.4841 -0.0536 -0.0298 -0.0114 -0.0136 -0.8721 -0.0022 11 -0.0572 -0.9898 -0.0097 12 0.0085 0.5078 -0.0551 -0.0307 -0.0117 -0.0124 -0.8585 -0.0023 13 -0.0630 -0.9875 -0.0119 14 0.0087 0.5237 -0.0560 -0.0313 -0.0119 -0.0115 -0.8489 -0.0023 15 -0.0682 -0.9854 -0.0139 16 0.0088 0.5350 -0.0566 -0.0317 -0.0121 -0.0108 -0.8418 -0.0024 17 -0.0727 -0.9833 -0.0158 18 0.0089 0.5435 -0.0571 -0.0320 -0.0122 -0.0102 -0.8363 -0.0024 19 -0.0768 -0.9812 -0.0177 20 0.0089 0.5500 -0.0574 -0.0322 -0.0123 -0.0097 -0.8321 -0.0024 2 0.0021 0.0954 -0.0144 -0.0076 -0.0029 -0.0116 -0.9949 -0.0005 4. conclusion theoretical calculations were carried out for 156 gd nucleus in the framework of the phenomenological model taking into account coriolis mixing of low–lying rotation bands with positive parity. nonadiabaticities observed in the energies is explained by the coriolis mixing of low excited rotational states. to describe all the adiabatic rotational bands, the same moments of inertia have been used. the energy spectra of the positive parity states have been calculated. the results of calculation of energy spectra for ground π 1( 0 )k + = , π 20k + = , π 30k + = , π 40k + = , π 50k + = , π 12k + = , and π 22k + = band states is compared with the existing experimental data correspondingly and their compatibility is given. the mixing effects of the lower bands have been shown to be significant even at small spins. in the high spin states of ground band, the difference between the theory and experiment was observed. this may be due to the fact that for large values of the angular frequency of rotation of the nucleus, it is necessary to take into account the effects of rotation on intrinsic energy. the wave function of states of the rotational bands is calculated. the regularities of the change in the state components of the mixing bands are studied depending on the total angular momentum. 173 iium engineering journal, vol. 22, no. 1, 2021 usmanov and yusupov https://doi.org/10.31436/iiumej.v22i1.1497 acknowledgement this work has been financial supported by the committee for the coordination of the development of the science and technology under the cabinet of ministers of the republic of uzbekistan, fundamental grant “ot-f2-75” (2017-2021). references [1] reich cw. (2012) nuclear data sheets for a=156. 113: 2537-2840. [2] backlin a, hedin g, folgelberg b, et al. (1982) levels in 156gd studied in the ( , γ)n reaction. nucl. phys. a, 380: 189-260. [3] berzin yy, guseva tv, tamberg yy. (1983) investigation of 156gd in the reaction ( , γ)n izv. akad. nauk lat. ssr, ser. fiz. tekh. nauk. 1: 9-12. [4] bohle d, richter a, steffan w, et al. (1984) new magnetic dipole excitation mode studied in the heavy deformed nucleus 156gd by inelastic electron scattering. phys. lett. b 137: 27-31. [5] pitz hh, berg uep, heil rd, knaissl u, stock r. et al. (1989) systematic study of low-lying dipole excitations in 156,158,160gd by photon scattering. nucl. phys. a, 492: 411-425. [6] demidov а. м, govor l. i, kurkin v. а, mikhailov i. v. (2009) deexcitation of π 2 30 , 0 ,k + + = and 12 + levels by m1 transitions in nonspherical even–even nuclei. phys. at. nucl. 72(2): 201208. [7] demidov ам, govor li, kurkin vа, mikhailov iv. (2009) confrontation of nucleus deformation and multipole mixture parameters in 1(2 0 2 0 )n + + − transitions with rotational band structure for π 20k + = and π 30k + = . phys. at. nucl., 72(2): 209-213. [8] aprahamian a, lesher sr, stratman а. (2017) first excited 0+ states in deformed nuclei. bulg. j. phys. 44: 372--379. [9] aprahamian a, de haan rc, lesher sr, et al. (2018) lifetime measurements in 156gd. phys. rev. c., 98:034303. [10] usmanov p. n, mikhailov i. n. (1997) effects of nonadiabaticity of collective motion in eveneven deformed nuclei. phys. part. nucl. 28(4): 348-373. [11] usmanov pn, okhunov aa, salikhbaev us, vdovin ai. (2010) analysis of electromagnetic transitions in nuclei 176,178hf. phys. part. nucl. letters. 7(3):185–191. [12] usmanov pn, adam i, salikhbaev us, solnyshkin aa. (2010) theoretical analysis of experimental data on 160dy that were obtained in studying beta decay. phys. at. nucl. 73(12): 1990-1996. [13] usmanov pn, vdovin ai, solnyshkin aa, salikhbaev us. (2014) properties of оctupole vibrational bands in the 160dy nucleus. phys. at. nucl. 77(11): 1343-1349. [14] usmanov pn, vdovin ai, yusupov ek, salikhbaev us. (2019) phenomenological analysis of characteristics of rotational bands in 158,160gd isotopes. phys. part. nucl. letters. 19(6): 706-712. [15] harris sm. (1965) higher order corrections to the cranking model phys. rev. b 138(3): 509-513. [16] bohr a, mottelson b. (1977) nuclear structure, vol. 1,2. new york: benjamin [17] bengtsson r, frauendorf s. (1979) an interpretation of backbending in terms of the crossing of the ground state band with an aligned two–quasiparticle spectra band. nucl. phys., a 314: 27-36. 174 315 iium engineering journal, vol. 14, no. 1, 2013 zakaria et al. 43 total nitorgen content from earthworm (eisenia foetida) using the kjeldahl method zarina zakaria, alina rahayu mohamed, noor hasyierah mohd salleh and siti nursheela abu mansor school of bioprocess engineering, university malaysia perlis, 02600 arau, perlis. zarinaz@unimap.edu.my abstract: in the fish aquaculture management, fish feed is identified as a major problem. the high cost and scarcity of fishmeal in formulated feeds have led to the use of other protein sources such as earthworms and animal by-product. earthworm is an alternative source of protein to replace the fish meal in the fish feed formulation. in this study, total nitrogen content in the earthworm powder is determined using the kjeldahl method by employing the statistical software, full factorial design (ffd) which could provide the significant information about the studied parameters. the parameters are, the digestion time (min) and the volume of sulfuric acid (h2so4) (ml). from the analysis of variance (anova), the volume of h2so4 and the interaction between digestion time and the volume of h2so4 are found to be important parameters in the nitrogen determination process via the kjeldahl method. the highest nitrogen content obtained was 12.23%, when using 15 ml h2so4 and 60 mins of digestion time. the value of r2 is 0.9986, which shows that the selected parameters (the digestion time and the volume of h2so4) and its corresponding levels are highly correlated to the percentage nitrogen content in earthworm powder using the kjeldahl method. abstrak: dalam pengurusan akuakultur ikan, makanan telah dikenalpasti sebagai masalah utama. kos yang tinggi serta kekurangan sumber makanan telah menggalakkan pencarian sumber protein baru seperti cacing tanah dan hasil sampingan sembelihan haiwan ternakan. cacing adalah sumber protein alternatif menggantikan ramuan ikan (fish meal) dalam formulasi makanan ikan. dalam kajian ini, kandungan jumlah nitrogen dalam serbuk cacing tanah telah dianalisa menggunakan kaedah kjeldahl dengan menggunapakai perisian statistikal iaitu full factorial design (ffd) yang boleh memberikan maklumat yang penting berkenaan dengan parameter-parameter yang dikaji. parameter-parameter tersebut adalah masa pencernaan (min) dan isipadu asid sulfurik (h2so4) (ml). daripada analisa varian (anova), isipadu h2so4 dan interaksi antara masa pencernaan dan isipadu h2so4 telah dikenalpasti sebagai parameter-parameter utama dalam proses penentuan kandungan nitrogen melalui kaedah kjeldahl. kandungan nitrogen yang tertinggi diperolehi adalah 12.23% bila menggunakan 15 ml h2so4 dan 60 minit masa pencernaan. nilai r 2 adalah 0.9986 menunjukkan bahawa parameterparameter (masa pencernaan dan isipadu h2so4) dan aras yang dipilih mempunyai perkaitan langsung yang tinggi dengan kandungan nitrogen dalam serbuk cacing dengan menggunakan kaedah kjeldahl. keywords: nitrogen content;, earthworm; kjeldahl method 1. introduction the aquaculture sub-sector in malaysia is divided into marine aquaculture and freshwater aquaculture. for freshwater aquaculture, pond culture is the main system iium engineering journal, vol. 14, no. 1, 2013 zakaria et al. 44 employed [1].aquaculture is a prominent approach to increase the fish production to suffice fish available to the populace. it was reported that 1.43 million tonnes of fish catches last year, not including squids, prawns and oysters, are not enough to feed a population of 28.5 million [2]. under the third national agriculture policy, aquaculture production in malaysia is targeted to reach 600,000 tonnes annually by the year 2010, which include 200,000 tonnes freshwater fish. this multifold increase in production from its current level will place an increasing demand on the supplies of feed (formulated feed and trash feed), since the aquaculture sector is targeted at high value species such as grouper, snapper and penaeid prawn. these species require high inputs of fish protein in their feed [1]. the issue of fish feed is identified as major problem in the fish aquaculture management. the high cost and scarcity of fishmeal in formulated feeds has led to the use of other protein sources such as earthworms, insects, snail, mussels, maggot, frog, and plants in fish feeds [3].however, there are some problems related to the quality of protein sources for fish feed. the occurrence of leaching of total protein content and lipid which was low (<15%) in all fish silage pellets such as silage-poultry by-product meal was reported [4]. some small scale keli (clarias spp) or catfish breeders in malaysia prefer to use the animal by-product such as chicken gut as the fish meal to the catfish due to its low in price and easily available. however, this leads to the odour pollution around the fish pond and its nearby area. moreover, the tissue strength of fish meat was found to be low that it is only suitable for local use only. eisenia feotida or earthworm is viewed as possible alternative of protein source in fish meal. moreover, earthworms are being used as fish bait and this practice is common in fishing activity throughout malaysia. owing to their high reproductive rate, low feeding costs and ease of breeding in captivity, earthworms constitute an extremely interesting protein source for fish feed. mostly, earthworms with high protein are also used to feed chickens, pigs and as a dietary supplement for ornamental fish [5, 6]. the earthworm in dried or dehydrated form has protein content higher than other protein source such as fish meal, meat and bone meal, and soybean meal [7].moreover, eisenia feotida proteins were not toxic to a human cell line at low concentrations [8]. determination of protein content is an important measurement especially in biochemical analysis such as electrophoresis, immuno-analysis, molecular biology as well as other research applications [9]. the protein concentration can be determined by using different methods such as kjeldahl method, combustion method, bradford method, biuret method, lowry method, uv-visible spectroscopic method [9-13]. the kjeldahl method provides several advantages: it could work under appropriate conditions with analysis simultaneously. moreover, the distillation process is very fast and efficient [11]. on the other hand, biuret method is impractical because of the detection limit and large volumes of sample requirement [9].to the authors best knowledge, there has yet any papers published on the use of statistical tools (design expert software) in the determination of protein content in earthworm powder by employing the kjeldahl method of analysis. utilization of statistical tools like design expert software offers many advantages. design of experiment (doe) is an efficient tool in such a way that it could eliminate the time consuming phase which could not be achieved when using the conventional ofat (one-factor-at-a-time) method [14]. furthermore, the ofat method is inefficient, requires more experimentation than a factorial and unable to detect interactions between the parameters or factors [15]. factorial experiments through 2 k study are the only way to discover interactions between parameters [15]. a 2 k design is useful prior to response iium engineering journal, vol. 14, no. 1, 2013 zakaria et al. 45 surface study in order to conduct screening experiments to identify the important parameters that had effects on the process [16]. therefore, in consideration of this, the objectives of this paper are to screen the active parameters which are h2so4 volume (15-25 ml) and digestion time (40-60 min) that play significant roles in protein content determination in earthworm powder. these parameters were chosen since for standard operating procedure of kjeldahl, the minimum conditions are 25 ml and 60 min for h2so4 volume and digestion time respectively. full factorial design (ffd) was used to achieve the objective and consequently, the process conditions that would give the highest protein content in earthworm powder using the kjeldahl protein analysis could be obtained. 2. materials and methods 2.1 materials earthworm powder was purchased from local company. sodium hydroxide, h2so4, boric acid and the kjeldahl tablets were purchased from merck. 2.2 preparation for scrubber five liters of sodium hydroxide (8%) was prepared. the ph indicator (0.5 g bromothymol blue was dissolved in 500 ml ethanol (95%) and 500 ml distilled water was added to the solution) was made and added into the 8% of naoh. activated charcoal in granular form was installed at the scrubber unit (buchi scrubber b-414, switzerland). 2.3 preparation for digestion one gram of the earthworm powder was weighed on a nitrogen free paper before it was placed in a digestion tube. two kjeldahl tablets (10 g) were added to increase the speed of reaction in digestion process. h2so4 (98%) with varying volume was added and the sample was suspended by gently swirling the tube. additional blanks (without earthworm) were prepared. the digest system k-437 (buchi, switzerland) unit was preheated at 300 °c for 30 min. the digestion process was started from 300 o c up to 420°c with varying digestion time. after the sample was completely digested, it was cooled down to ambient temperature prior for distillation. 2.4 preparation for distillation one liter of boric acid (4%) with ph 4.65, 1 liter h2so4 (0.25 m) and 500 ml naoh (10%) were prepared. the cold sample was distilled using auto kjeldahl unit k-370 (buchi, switzerland). 2.5 preparation for titration once the distillation process was done, the distilled sample was titrated with 0.25 m sulfuric acid from kjelflex (buchi, switzerland) and stop once the colour became slight purple or ph 4.65. the volume of titrant used was recorded. 2.6 calculation of % nitrogen: for 0.25 m h2so4: %� � ���� �� – ������� �� � �.�� � ��.�� ������ ! "#�$�� ��� (1) iium engineering journal, vol. 14, no. 1, 2013 zakaria et al. 46 2.7 calculation of % protein: % protein = % nitrogen x empirical protein factor. a conversion factor (f) is used to convert the measured nitrogen concentration to a protein concentration. a conversion factor of 6.25 (equivalent to 0.16 g nitrogen per gram of protein) is used for many applications, however, this is only an average value, and each protein has a different conversion factor depending on its amino-acid composition [17]. 3. results and discussion a 2 level–two-factor-design 2 2 with digestion time, a (40-60 min) and volume of h2so4, b (15-25 ml) was employed (table 1). these 2 factors are used to view its correlation with the response (r1) which is the percentage of nitrogen content (% nitrogen). 2 2 with 7 centre points corresponds to 17 experimental runs were suggested. the results are obtained and tabulated in table 2. table 1: parameters under investigation. range and levels independent variables units symbols -1 0 +1 digestion time mins a 40 50 60 volume of h2so4 ml b 15 20 25 table 2: experimental results for earthworm protein. std run factor 1 a:time digestion (minute) factor 2 b:sulfuric acid (ml) response 1 ri (% nitrogen) 13 1 50.00 20.00 12.21 12 2 60.00 25.00 0.49 11 3 60.00 25.00 1.12 1 4 40.00 15.00 11.41 17 5 50.00 20.00 11.98 3 6 40.00 15.00 11.82 8 7 40.00 25.00 1.17 4 8 60.00 15.00 12.07 6 9 60.00 15.00 12.23 14 10 50.00 20.00 11.95 5 11 60.00 15.00 12.15 15 12 50.00 20.00 11.91 10 13 60.00 25.00 0.80 7 14 40.00 25.00 0.79 16 15 50.00 20.00 11.81 9 16 40.00 25.00 0.74 2 17 40.00 15.00 11.74 from the result, it clearly showed that the highest nitrogen content could be achieved at the centre point level for both of the involved parameters (run no 1, 5,10,12,15 in table iium engineering journal, vol. 14, no. 1, 2013 zakaria et al. 47 2). the lowest nitrogen contents were obtained at low and high level of digestion time against high volume of h2so4 (run no. 2, 3, 13, 14 and 16 in table 2). therefore, this indicated that at high level of h2so4, it could destroy the nitrogen content in the earthworm regardless of the digestion time. from the analysis of variance (anova) in table 3, the model f-value obtained is 2918.04 which imply that the model is statistically significant. the p-value < 0.0500 indicates that the model terms are significant. the p-value for factor a is 0.1154 which shows that the factor a is not significant; however the p-values for factor b and ab are 0.0001 and 0.0274 respectively which indicate that the factors b and ab are significant. moreover, the value of f-values for volume of h2so4 is the highest compared to other parameters. it can be inferred that the volume of h2so4 play an important role in the nitrogen determination process. the curvature f-value of 2637.10 implies that there is significant curvature (as measured by difference between the average of the center points and the average of the factorial points) in the design space. the results from anova was further supported by the r 2 value shown in table 4. the r 2 value of 0.9986 shows that the selected factors which are the digestion time and the volume of h2so4 and its corresponding levels are highly correlated to the percentage nitrogen content in earthworm powder using the kjeldahl method. table 3: anova for earthworm protein. source sum of squares degrees of freedom (df) mean square f value p-value prob> f model 14332.62 3 4777.54 2918.04 < 0.0001 significant a-digestion time 4.72 1 4.72 2.88 0.1154 not significant b-sulfuric acid volume 14317.59 1 14317.59 8744.95 < 0.0001 significant ab 10.31 1 10.31 6.30 0.0274 significant curvature 4317.56 1 4317.56 2637.10 < 0.0001 significant pure error 19.65 12 1.64 --- cor total 18669.83 16 ---- table 4: analysis of protein content in earthworm. std. dev. 1.28 r-squared 0.9986 mean 50.14 adj r-squared 0.9983 c.v. % 2.55 pred r-squared 0.9971 press 41.88 adeq precision 102.225 figure 1 shows the graph of half normal plot. point ab, a and b indicates the positive and negative effect for the factors. parameters that fall along the straight line are considered as the noise or error from replicates. factor b is the farthest from the noise with p-value< 0.0001, while factor ab with p-value of 0.0274 which is < 0.05 indicates that these 2 factors are significant. iium engineering journal, vol. 14, no. 1, 2013 zakaria et al. 48 fig. 1: graph of half normal plot. fig. 2: graph of slight interaction;●: 15 ml of h2so4;●:25 ml of h2so4. the interaction graph shows in fig. 2 is the relationship between the digestion time and the volume of h2so4 with its nitrogen yields. it shows the yield of nitrogen content against high level of h2so4 (25 ml) and low level of h2so4 (15 ml) together with the digestion time (40-60 min). for 15 ml h2so4, at 60 min then nitrogen yield is higher than the other one since a sufficient amount of h2so4 was used in digestion. however, the percentage of nitrogen content when using 25 ml h2so4 was lower because the excess amount of h2so4 results in the loss of nitrogen compound and caused excessive foaming that occurred during the digestion solution. iium engineering journal, vol. 14, no. 1, 2013 zakaria et al. 49 naturally, protein digests by pepsin into amino acid. besides enzyme, acid can be used to digest protein but in different manner. h2so4 originally used by the founder of this method and still being used for its efficacy. h2so4 is an oxidizing agent that reduced nitrogen in food into ammonia and other organic matter. as the organic material is oxidized the carbon content is converted to carbon dioxide and the hydrogen is converted into water. digestion is the most time consuming step and one of disadvantage of using kjeldahl method. however, this procedure has enabled the obtainment of nitrogen higher yield at shorter time and this is the advantage of this analysis. complete digestion was not achieved by using h2so4 alone. the combination of h2so4 and high temperature has produced better results. the use of concentrated h2so4 at high temperatures poses a considerable hazard. 4. conclusion the nitrogen content in the earthworm powder was statistically analysed using ffd through kjeldahl method. the statistical tool (ffd) employed in the study has shown that the volume of h2so4 (b) and the interaction between the digestion time and the volume of h2so4 (ab) are important parameters in the nitrogen determination process. the highest nitrogen content obtained was 12.23% when using 15 ml h2so4 and 60 mins of digestion time. the conversion of total nitrogen (protein and non-protein) will give a total of 76.465% crude protein. it was presume only small percentage of non-protein nitrogen existed in earthworm powder (1.5 – 2%) and still the value was higher than previously reported protein content in earthworm, 64.4–72.9% [18] and 62% [8]. therefore, it can be concluded that the determination of nitrogen content using the kjeldahl method and the statistical software (ffd) enabled the obtainment of the highest crude protein content in earthworm. this indicated that the kjeldahl method is a robust and fast technique to measure nitrogen content and the application of ffd could enable the appropriate conditions for each parameters involved. consequently, this could save time, chemicals and raw materials. since, the protein content of earthworm obtained was high, therefore earthworm proteins could be considered for use as a supplement in animal diets especially for fish cultivation. digestion time does not provide much effect to the experiment but yet need to be considered since the longer the digestion time, the temperature will increase. at higher temperature, nitrogen compounds are decomposed to elemental nitrogen, leading to nitrogen loss thus lowering the yield of protein content in earthworm. acknowledgement the authors gratefully acknowledge ministry of agriculture for the science fund (90060006) and school of bioprocess, university malaysia perlis for their financial support and facilities respectively. references [1] musa, che utama che, and ahmad adnan nuruddin. “trash fish production and national fish feed requirement in malaysia”, low value and trash fish in the asia-pacific region hanoi, vietnam. (2007): 107. [2] s. rahim and p. nambiar. “can’t count on bounty of the sea”. new straits times, 28 june. 2011.(date retrieved not mention) iium engineering journal, vol. 14, no. 1, 2013 zakaria et al. 50 [3] o.a. sogbesan, a.a.a. ugwumba, c.t. madu. “nutritive potentials and utilization of garden snail (limicolaria aurora) meat meal in the diet of clariasgariepinus fingerlings”, african journal of biotechnology, 5.20 (2003): 1999. [4] o.a. fagbenro, k. jauncey. “physical and nutritional properties of moist fermented fish silage pellets as a protein supplement for tilapia (oreochromisniloticus)”.. animal feed science and technology 71.1 (1998): 11-18. [5] j.r. sabine. “earthworms as a source of food and drugs” in earthwormecology from darwin to vermiculture. london: chapman and hall, (1986): 285-96. [6] k.f. shim, y.l chua. “studies on the protein requirement of the guppy poeciliareticulate”. journal of aquariculture and aquatic science,. 4 (1986): 79-84. [7] s.s. basa. “feed and feedstuffs for aquaculture use in philippines”. report for the workshop on shrimp and finfish feed development. fao corporate document repository,. (1989): 163. [8] a.l. medina, j.a.cova, r.a. vielma, p. pujic, m.p. carlos, j.v. torres.”immunological and chemical analysis of proteins from eiseniafoetida earthworm”. food and agricultural immunology, 15.3,4,25 (2003): 263. [9] b. okutucu, a. dincer, o.habib, f. zihnioglu. “comparison of five methods for determination of total plasma protein concentration”. journal of .biochemists and .biophysics .methods, 70 (2007): 709-11. [10] m.v-martinez, j. l-hernandez, m.a. l-yusty. “protein and amino acid contents in the crab, chionoecetesopilio”. food chemistry, 103 (2007): 1330-36. [11] k. khodabux, m.s.s.l.’omelette, s.j-laulloo, p. ramasami, p.rondeau. “chemical and near-infrared determination of moisture, fat and protein in tuna fishes”. food chemistry, 102 (2007): 669-75. [12] y.y. mosleh, s. paris-palacios, m.g.v. couderchet. “effects of the herbicide isoproturon on survival, growth rate and protein content of mature earthworms (lumbricusterrestris l.) and its fate in the soil”. applied soil ecology,. 23 (2003): 69-77. [13] s. metsämuuronen, m. mänttäri, m. nyström. “comparison of analysis methods for protein concentration and its use in uf fractionation of whey”.." desalination 283 (2011): 156-64. [14] y.l. pang, a.z. abdullah, s.bhatia. “optimization of sonocatalytic degradation of rhodamine b in aqueous solution in the presence of tio2 nanotubes using response surface methodology”. chemical engineering journal,.166 (2011): 873-80. [15] montgomery dc, runger gc: applied statistics and probability for engineers fifth edition, john wiley and sons, asia,. (2011): 558. [16] r myers, d.c. montgomery, c.m. anderson-cook. “response surface methodology, process and product optimization using designed experiments."”, john wiley and sons, (2011):73. [17] ministry of agriculture, fisheries and food .food standards committee report on novel protein foods, fsc/rep/62, hmso, london. (1975):82. [18] m.g. paoletti, e. buscardo, d.j. vander jagt, a. pastuszyn, l. pizzoferato, y-s huang, l.t chuang, m. millson, h. cerda, f.torres, r.h glew. proc. r. soc. lond. b . “nutrient content of earthworms consumed by ye'kuana amerindians of the alto orinoco of venezuela”,270. (2003): 249-57. iium engineering journal, vol. 14, no. 1, 2013 zakaria et al. 51 nomenclature h2so4 sulfuric acid ffd full factorial design uv-visible ultra-violet visible doe design of experiment ofat one-factor-at-a-time naoh sodium hydroxide r1 response 1 anova analysis of variance microsoft word 6-paper03 .doc iium engineering journal, vol. 1, no. 1, january 2000 h. a. el-motaafy 16 a proposed method for improving the performance of p-type gaas impatt h. a. el-motaafy ee dep., high technology institute (hti), ramadan-tenth city, cairo, egypt abstract: a special waveform is proposed and assumed to be the optimum waveform for p-type gaas impatts. this waveform is deduced after careful and extensive study of the performance of these devices. the results presented here indicate the superiority of the performance of the impatts driven by the proposed waveform over that obtained when the same impatts are driven by the conventional sinusoidal waveform. these results are obtained using a full-scale computer simulation program that takes fully into account all the physical effects pertinent to impatt operation. in this paper, it is indicated that the superiority of the proposed waveform is attributed to its ability to reduce the bad effects that usually degrade the impatt performance such as the space-charge effect and the drift-velocity dropping below saturation effect. the superiority is also attributed to the ability of the proposed waveform to improve the phase relationship between the terminal voltage and the induced current. key words: computer-aided design, gaas impatt, microwave engineering 1. introduction it is well known that the performance of n-type gaas impatt diodes is superior to that of p-type diodes [1-3]. this is attributed mainly to the velocity-field characteristic of electrons in the gaas material that has a negative-differential mobility region [1-3]. this allows the electrons to have higher velocities at the lower values of field encountered in the active region during the negative half cycle of operation. this is in contrast to holes whose velocity drops below the saturated drift velocity for the lower values of the field. since these effects are inherent in gaas material, it is only possible to improve the performance of p-type gaas impatts through modifying the microwave circuit where the diode is imbedded. since it has been previously reported that the performance of impatts could be improved if it is driven by a non-sinusoidal voltage waveform [4-6], the external circuit attached to the diode must be capable of supporting such waveforms. however, no comprehensive study has been conducted for determining the optimum waveform. in this paper, a systematic procedure for choosing the optimum waveform and designing the external microwave circuit is presented. a special waveform is proposed to be the optimum waveform for p-type gaas impatt. this proposition is supported by an extensive investigation of impatt operation. this investigation has been conducted using a full-scale computer simulation program that takes fully into account all the physical effects pertinent to impatt operation without resorting to approximations that limits the scope of its application. this program is a modified version of one described elsewhere [7]. the performance of a given impatt that is expected to be modest is studied when it is driven by this waveform and when it is driven by the conventional sinusoidal waveform. then the results obtained for the two cases are compared. the superiority of the proposed waveform (pwf) is demonstrated especially at higher values of the dc current density j dc . the pwf can be optimized further through optimizing its parameters. since the pwf is difficult to be realized practically, the performance of the impatt is studied when it is driven by the waveform v2. this waveform comprises only the first two harmonics of the proposed waveform. the performance in this case is found also to be much superior to the conventional case. 2. the proposed waveform the proposed waveform (vf) is shown in fig. 1 for the case where a2 = 90 v. in the first part of the cycle, 1, the height of the pwf is a1. in the second part, 2, the height is a2. in the negative half cycle the height is a3. the width of the transitions between the different parts is 1, 2, and 3. the waveform consisting of the first two harmonics of the proposed waveform denoted by v2 is shown in the same figure together with the conventional waveform (vc). the parameters of this waveform can be optimized according to the following guidelines that are deduced from our extensive study of impatt operation [1,2,7-10]: 1.  1 should be as small as possible to reduce the spread of transit times of charge carriers. 2.  2 should be as small as possible to increase the slope of the terminal voltage when crossing the breakdown level. this helps reduce the space charge effect and improve the phase delay provided by the avalanche process. 3. a1 should be null to reduce the power dissipation at the beginning of the rf cycle. 4. the choice of 2 and a2 is a compromise between the following factors: a. 2 should be minimized in order to reduce the spread of transit times of carriers. iium engineering journal, vol. 1, no. 1, january 2000 h. a. el-motaafy 17 b. a2 must be increased to reduce the space charge effect and the spread of transit times of carriers and to satisfy the breakdown condition. however, a2 must not be too high, lest the breakdown condition should be satisfied only by an excessive increase of the dc-breakdown voltage. this is attributed to the saturation of the ionization rates at the high values of electric field. c. the product 2 a2 must be as high as possible to enable the increase of a3, which improves the performance. 5. the choice of 3 and a3 is a compromise between the following factors: a. a3 must be sufficiently high in order to extract the maximum energy from the drifting carriers but must not be too high so as to cause the carrier drift velocity to drop below the saturated value. b. 3 must be reduced to delay the injection of the avalanche-generated packet (agp) in the drift region; but if 3 is excessively reduced, the conductance of the diode may become positive at some higher order harmonics. the effect of the parameter a2, and consequently a3, will be presented in this paper. 3. the results obtained for the chosen impatt the impatt whose performance will be studied is a gaas p-type one having a single-drift abrupt junction structure. the doping density in the drift region is -315 cm 105 and its width is 3.7 m  . the pwf has the following parameters: o 321 9 = =  , o721  , o902  , o1713  , v. 49.5 = a and v, 90 = 21a figures 2 and 3 show, respectively, the efficiency and the rf power density versus the dc current density j dc for the pwf and a sinusoidal signal of amplitude 70 v. the value of 70 v is chosen since it gives the best performance for the sinusoidal excitation at the highest values of j dc considered. figures 4 and 5 show the efficiency and the rf power for the waveform v2 consisting only of the first two harmonics of the pwf. the results indicate clearly the superiority of the proposed waveforms over the conventional sinusoidal signal especially at the higher values of the dc bias current where the efficiency becomes almost three times higher and the rf power six times higher for the pwf. this demonstrates the ability of the proposed waveforms to reduce considerably the space-charge effect. this is illustrated clearly in fig. 6, which shows the induced current ji for the proposed waveform and the sinusoidal signal at different values of the dc bias current for the pwf and the sinusoidal signal. it is clear that the major manifestation of the reduction of the space charge effect is the delay of the injection of the avalanche-generated packet in the drift region (dr). this means that the time delay provided by the avalanche process is increased. this contributes to the improvement of the performance. the performance is also improved by reducing the spread of the transit times of carriers. this causes the agp and consequently the peak of ji to be sharper, as the figures show. hence, ji has higher values for the pwf during the negative half cycle. this is attributed also to the reduction of the drift velocity dropping below the saturation (vdbs) effect. on the other hand, the shape and the values of the induced current in the negative half cycle are better for the proposed waveforms. this is attributed to the reduction of the spread of transit times of carriers for the pwfs. the reduction of the spread of transit times of carriers means that the generated pulse of holes will be more localized in both the time domain and the space. this is clearl y demonstrated in fig. 7 that shows the spatial distribution of the hole current density for the considered waveforms at different phase angles. as it is seen at the beginning of the rf cycle, some carriers from the previous cycle are still being extracted at the ohmic contact. the extraction of these carriers is carried out earlier for vf. hence, the start of the avalanche breakdown is considerably delayed for the proposed waveforms. this contributes to their better performance since the phase delay provided by the avalanche process is enhanced. the injection of the agp of holes is also delayed for the proposed waveform. correspondingly, the phase delay is increased. this effect considerabl y improves the performance. as the agp of holes drifts toward the ohmic contact it is dispersed by the effect of diffusion. this dispersion is enhanced by the spacecharge effect for vc. for vf, the dispersion is smaller. this is attributed to two facts: that the agp is sharper in both the space and the time domain, and the spacecharge effect is less significant for the pwf. the reduction of the spread of transit times means that the currents induced by the carriers have a better distribution of phase angles. consequently, the induced current will be higher. the drift-velocity dropping below saturation is less significant for vf. this causes almost all the holes to drift at the saturated velocity. hence, the induced current is higher and more flat for this waveform. this contributes to its better performance. figures 8 and 9 show the spatial distribution of the electron current (jn), and the spatial distribution of the electric field e at different phase angles for different values of dc current. by analyzing these results, it is clear that the agp, after being injected into the drift region, causes e to decrease behind it and to increase in its front. this effect becomes more significant as jdc increases. the decrease of the field behind the agp causes the avalanche generation to be suppressed earl y in the cycle, which reduces the spread of the transit times of the carriers and causes the peak of ji to be sharper. hence, the performance is improved. the increase of the field in the front of the agp suppresses the vdbs effect. hence, ji will have higher values during the negative half cycle and the efficiency is enhanced. the figures show also that ji is extremel y iium engineering journal, vol. 1, no. 1, january 2000 h. a. el-motaafy 18 small during the major portion of the positive half cycle for the pwf. this is attributed to the shape of the pwf and helps improve the efficiency. figures 10 and 11 show the effect of a2 on the performance of the p-type impatt. the increase of both the rf power and the efficiency with a2 is attributed mainly to the reduction of the space charge iium engineering journal, vol. 1, no. 1, january 2000 h. a. el-motaafy 19 -80 -60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 -40 60 160 260 360 the phase angle, degrees th e v o lt a g e , v fig.1 the voltage waveforms vc, vf, and vs 0 5 10 15 20 25 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 dc current, ka/sq-cm. e f f ic ie n c y , % fig. 2 the efficiency versus dc current for vf and vc at f=9 g hz 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 0 2000 4000 dc current density, ka/sq-cm r f p o w e r d e n s it y , k w /s q c m . fig. 3 the rf power versus dc current for vf and vc 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 dc current density, ka/sq-cm e f f ic ie n c y , % fig. 4 the efficiency versus dc current density 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 dc current, ka/sq-cm r f p o w e r , k w /s q -c m fig. 5 rf power versus dc current for v2 and vc at f=9 g hz 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 90 180 270 360 phase angle in d u c e d c u r r e n t , k a /s q -c m . fig. 6a the induced current for vf and vc at jdc=3 ka/cm 2 iium engineering journal, vol. 1, no. 1, january 2000 h. a. el-motaafy 20 0 2 4 6 8 10 0 90 180 270 360 phase angl, degrees in d u c e d c u r r e n t , k a /s q -c m . fig. 6b the induced current for vf and vc at jdc=3.5 ka/cm2 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 0 90 180 270 360 phase angle in d u c e d c u r r e n t , k a /s q c m . fig. 6c the induced current for vf and vc at jdc=3.8 ka/cm2 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 0 90 180 270 360 phase angle. in d u c e d c u r r e n t , k a /s q -c m . fig. 6d the induced current for vf and vc at jdc=3.9 ka/cm2 -5 0 5 10 15 20 0 1 2 3 4 distance, um. h o le c u r r e n t , k a /s q -c m . fig. 7a the hole current versus distance for vf at jdc = 3.5 ka/cm2 -2 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 0 1 2 3 4 distance, um h o le c u r r e n t , k a /s q -c m fig. 7b the hole current versus distance for vc at jdc = 3.5 ka/cm2 -2 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 0 1 2 3 4 distance, um e le c t r o n c u r r e n t , k a /s q -c m . fig. 8a the electron current versus distance for vc at jdc = 3.5 ka/cm2 iium engineering journal, vol. 1, no. 1, january 2000 h. a. el-motaafy 21 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 0 1 2 3 4 distance, um. e le c t r o n c u r r e n t , k a /s q -c m fig. 8b the electron current versus distance for vf at jdc = 3.5 ka/cm2 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 0 1 2 3 4 distance, um. e le c t r ic f ie ld , k v /s q -c m . fig. 9a the electric field versus distance for vc at jdc = 3.5 ka/cm2 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 1 2 3 4 distance, um. e le c t r ic f ie ld , k v /c m fig. 9b the electric field versus distance for vf at jdc = 3.5 ka/cm2 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 a2, v e f f ic ie n c y , % fig. 10 the efficiency versus a2 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 a2, v r f p o w e r , k w /s q -c m . fig. 11 the rf power versus a2 effect and the reduction of the spread of transit times of holes. since the increase of a2 causes a3 to increase, the improved performance is attributed also to the reduction of the minority carrier enhancement effect and to the fact that energy extracted in the dr increases with a2 and a3. the saturation and decrease of the power and the efficiency for the large values of a2 are attributed to the drift velocity dropping below saturation and the saturation of the ionization rates at higher electric fields. 4. the reasons leading to the superiority of the proposed waveforms the superiority of the performance of the impatts driven by the proposed waveforms is attributed to the following reasons: 1. the considerable reduction of the space charge effect. this is attributed to the high value of the slope of the terminal voltage when crossing the breakdown level and to the large value of this voltage in the time interval during which the avalanche breakdown takes place. iium engineering journal, vol. 1, no. 1, january 2000 h. a. el-motaafy 22 2. the generation of minority carriers in the drift region is diminished. this is attributed to the higher magnitude of rf voltage during the negative half cycle. 3. the phase delay provided by the avalanche process is increased. this is because both the start of this process and the injection of the agp in the drift region are delayed. this is attributed to the favorable shape of the proposed waveform and its ability to reduce both the space-charge effect and the minoritycarrier enhancement effect. therefore, the phase relationship between the terminal voltage and the induced current is improved. 4. the reduction of the spread of transit times of carriers. this is also attributed to the shape of the proposed waveform that helps reduce both the space charge effect and the minority carrier enhancement effect. the proposed waveform causes the carrier generation by the avalanche multiplication to be localized in the time and the space domains. 5. both the drift-velocity dropping below saturation and the depletion-layer width modulation effects are reduced. this is because of the higher optimum values of the operating dc bias current. 5. conclusion in this paper, the performance of the p-type gaas impatt is studied when it is driven by a proposed non-sinusoidal waveform. it is indicated that by using this waveform, the bad effects that usually degrade the impatt performance are reduced. these bad effects include the space-charge effect, the drift-velocity dropping below saturation effect, and the minoritycarrier enhancement effect. it is also illustrated that the proposed waveform helps increase the phase delay provided by the avalanche process and reduce the spread of transit times of carriers. all these factors contribute to the superiority of the proposed waveform over the conventional one. the performance is also studied when the p-type gaas impatt is driven by waveforms consisting only of the first two or three harmonics of the proposed waveform. in this case, the performance of the impatt is found superior to that obtained when the device is driven by the conventional waveforms. references [1] h. a. el-motaafy, ”a new physical explanation for the high-efficiency mode of operation of gaas impatt diodes”, seventh conference on solid-state science, cairo, april, 1984. [2] h. a. el-motaafy, “the modes of operations of gaas impatt diodes,” proceeding of the third national radio-science symposium, cairo, feb. 1985. [3] p. bauhahn and g. i. haddad, “ impatt device simulation and properties”, ieee trans. electron devices, vol. ed-24, jan., 1977. [4] k. mouthan, “two-frequency operation of the avalanche-transit-time oscillators”, proc. ieee (lett.), vol. 58, march 1970. [5] w. e. schroeder and g. i. haddad, “effect of harmonic and subharmonic signals on avalanche diode oscillator performance”, ieee trans. microwave theory tech., vol. mtt-18, june, 1970. [6] h. el-motaafy, “the optimum voltage for si-impatt diodes,” seventh conference on solid-state science, cairo, 1984. [7] h. el-motaafy, “full-scale computer simulation of trapatt diodes, “the third national radio-science symposium, cairo, 1985. [8] el-s. a. el-badawy, s. h. ibrahim, and h. a. elmotaafy, “analysis of low-high-low inp impatt reflection amplifiers”, antem’98, symposium on antenna and applied electromagnetics, aug. 9-12, 1998, ottawa, ontario, canada. [9] s. h. ibrahim, el-s. a. el-badawy, and h. a. elmotaafy, “analysis and design considerations of a proposed low-high-low inp distributed impatt diode”, icm’97, the international conference on microelectronics, oct., 1997, bandung, indonesia. [10] el-s. a. el-badawy, s. h. ibrahimh, and h. a. elmotaafy, “effect of the variation of the doping density on the performance of low-high-low inp impatt diodes”, 1977 north american radio science meeting (ieee ap-s, international symposium and ursi radio-science meeting, july, 1997, montreal, canada. biography dr. hosny ahmed el-motaafy was born in 1951, at cairo, egypt. he got his b.sc. and m.sc. degrees in electronic engineering in 1974 and 1979, respectively, from mtc (military technical college), cairo, egypt and his ph.d. from ensae (ecole nationale supérieure de l’aéronautique et de l’espace), toulouse france, in 1982. dr el-motaafy research interest is in microwave electronics and active integrated antennas where he has more than 70 publications. currently, he holds a position of associate professor at the “higher technological institute (hti)”, 10th of ramadan city, cairo, egypt. application of digital cellular radio for mobile location estimation iium engineering journal, vol. 23, no. 2, 2022 kabbashi et al. https://doi.org/10.31436/iiumej.v23i2.1717 potential of low carbon nanotubes dosage on chromium removal from water nassereldeen ahmed kabbashi1*, firdaus abd-wahab1, warqaa muhammed bahaaddin2, lubna muhamed musa3, abdurahman nour hamid4, and isam yasseen qudsieh5 1 department of chemical engineering & sustainability, kulliyyah of engineering, international islamic university malaysia, jalan gombak, 53100 kuala lumpur, malaysia. 2 department of environmental science, duhok polytechnic university, iraq. 3 department of horticultural sciences, faculty of agriculture, gezira university, sudan 4 faculty of chemical & natural resources engineering, universiti malaysia pahang, malaysia. 5 chemical engineering department, college of engineering, jazan university, p.o.box 706, jazan 45142, saudi arabia. * corresponding author: nasreldin@iium.edu.my (received: 5th december 2020; accepted: 31st december 2021; published on-line: 4th july 2022) abstract: this paper involves a method of eliminating hexavalent chromium (cr (vi)) from the synthetic water via a low dosage of carbon nanotubes (cnt). the ability of cnt to remove cr(vi) from synthetic water through the adsorption process was studied in batch experimentation. the findings revealed up to 100% elimination of cr(vi) in the 0.07 mg/l cr(vi) concentration. these excessive elimination proficiencies were credited to the powerful adsorption of chromium ions to the physical properties of the cnt. a pattern layout was created in these experimental runs in order to locate the ideal situation of the cr(vi) deletion from synthetic water. to accomplish the purposes of the experiment, there were 4 independent variables influencing several points, namely the cnt dosage, the ph of the water, the agitation speed, and the contact time. the statgraphics centurion xv software has been used to create the adsorption equivalence and to discover the major impacts to the elimination of cr(vi). the results show that the adsorption capability of the carbon nanotubes was considerably reliant on the ph of the cr(vi) solution, supported by the cnt dosage, the contact time, and the agitation speed. the expected optimization, using the adsorption equation, shows that a 1 mg cnt dosage with a ph=2, 120 minutes contact time, and moderate agitation rate at 150 rpm is the most optimal. abstrak: kajian ini melibatkan kaedah bagi menyingkirkan kromium (vi) dari air sintetik menggunakan karbon tiub nano berdos rendah. eksperimen kelompok dilakukan bagi menentukan keupayaaan karbon tiub nano menyingkirkan cr(vi) dari air sintetik melalui proses penjerapan. dapatan kajian menunjukkan cr(vi) telah disingkirkan sebanyak 100% dari kepekatan 0.07 mg/l cr(vi). kecekapan penyingkiran ini adalah disebabkan penjerapan ion-ion kromium yang kuat terhadap sifat fizikal nano tiub karbon tersebut. rekabentuk eksperimen telah dibina bagi menentukan peringkat optima penyingkiran cr(vi) dari air sintetik. bagi mencapai matlamat kajian, empat faktor yang terdiri daripada dos nano tiub karbon, ph air, kelajuan goncangan dan masa sentuhan diukur. perisian statgraphics centurion xv telah digunakan bagi mendapatkan nilai setara proses penjerapan dan kesan utama yang menyebabkan tersingkirnya cr(vi). dapatan kajian menunjukkan keupayaan penjerapan oleh nano tiub karbon sangat bergantung kepada ph larutan cr(vi), disusuli dengan dos nano tiub karbon masa sentuhan dan kelajuan goncangan. penjerapan optimum cr(vi) dapat dicapai pada tahap 10 iium engineering journal, vol. 23, no. 2, 2022 kabbashi et al. https://doi.org/10.31436/iiumej.v23i2.1717 1 mg dos nano tiub karbon, larutan pada ph 2, masa sentuhan selama 120 minit dengan kelajuan goncangan sebanyak 150 rpm. keywords: statgraphics; low cnt dosage; polluted water; chromium 1. introduction carbon nanotubes (cnts) are new technology. they consist of cylinder-shaped carbon fragments and have various schemes that make them hypothetically beneficial in a wide range of functions in medicines, engineering, biotechnology, and other areas of materials science [1]. they demonstrate extraordinary strength and exceptional electrical properties. the characteristics of nanotubes are defined by their thickness and chiral angle, both of which depend on n and m [2]. the thickness, dt, is simply the length of the chiral vector divided by 4, and it has been found that dt = (ö3/p) ac-c (m 2 + mn + n2)1/2, (1) where ac-c is the space among neighboring carbon atoms in the flat sheet. in turn, the chiral angle is given by tan-1(ö3n/(2m + n)) (2) the existence of heavy metals in the environment is of prime concern because of their harmfulness to many life forms. various manufacturing practices produce aqueous wastes that contain heavy metal toxins. since the bulk of heavy metals do not break down into nontoxic end products, their concentrations must be decreased to appropriate amounts before the release of industrial effluents [3]. without extraction, the presence of these heavy metals could create threats to public health and disturb the visual quality of potable water. according to the world health organization (who), the metals of highest immediate alarm are chromium, aluminum, iron, manganese, nickel, cobalt, zinc, copper, mercury, cadmium, and lead. conventional methods for elimination of metals from industrial effluents involve solvent extraction, chemical precipitation, electrolytic extraction, dialysis, reverse osmosis, cementation, ion exchange, membrane filtration, adsorption and co-precipitation [4,5]. traditional chemical and physical treatment of low concentration, large volume wastes can be likely very costly [6]. consumptive processes, such as chemical precipitation, entail large capital and operating costs. awareness has therefore centered on non-consumptive techniques that involve ion-exchange and other sorption processes. the concept of using low-cost carbons and agricultural products and by-products for the removal of toxic metals from water has been examined by number of sources [7]. findings to evaluate the capability of scrap rubber to adsorb dissolved metal ions from water found it to be a reasonably effective adsorbent [8]. chromium removal in water treatment is a big challenge since the maximum limit concentration allowed in drinking water is only 0.1 ppm. chromium can be found in many oxidation forms; cr(vi) being the most toxic and soluble, and cr(iii) being the least toxic form of chromium [9]. conventionally, heavy metals are removed by techniques that produce hazardous chemical wastes and require post-treatment [10]. therefore, a wider interest has been shown in finding alternative methods to remove cr species from water to ensure sustainable and consumable water supply. in this premise, low carbon nanotube dosage will be used to remove chromium from water. the elimination of chromium from wastewater can be valuable in environmental research as the carbon nanotubes have comparatively low growth temperature, high yields, and high purities that can be attained and low cost [11]. in another study by el-shafey [12], he reported that chromium sorption 11 iium engineering journal, vol. 23, no. 2, 2022 kabbashi et al. https://doi.org/10.31436/iiumej.v23i2.1717 was highly dependent on the initial ph value with reduction taking place in solutions with ph up to 7, showing sorption maxima in the ph range of 1.8–2.8 for the concentration range of 100–500 mg/l with an increase in the equilibrium ph. carbon dioxide evolved from the sorption media was determined. 2. methods for removal of cr(vi) a number of treatment techniques for the elimination of metal ions from water have been described here, with emphasis on ion exchange, reduction, electrochemical precipitation, electrodialysis, solvent extraction, evaporation, chemical precipitation, reverse osmosis and adsorption [13,14].the physical and chemical properties of cr(vi) are displayed in table 1. the cr(vi) concentration must be eliminated as it comes with deleterious effects to human health and is described as carcinogenic [15]. table 2 indicates numerous possible health impacts from human exposure to cr(vi). table 1: physical and chemical properties of cr(vi) parameter properties physical state liquid appearance orange odor none reported ph ~7 vapor pressure 14 mm hg @20 oc vapor density 0.7 evaporation rate >1 (ether=1) viscosity not available boiling point 212 °f freezing/melting point 32 °f decomposition temperature not available solubility soluble in water specific gravity/density 1.0 molecular formula solution molecular weight not available (source: atieh, 2010) table 2: impact of cr(vi) to human health type of exposure effect ingestion may affect kidneys and cause harm. may cause serious gastrointestinal tract irritation with nausea, vomiting, and possible burns. eye produces eye irritation and likely burns. skin may affect skin sensitization, an allergic reaction, which becomes obvious upon re-exposure to this material. contact may cause irritation and likely burns. lengthy skin contact may produce injury, especially if the skin is abraded. chronic long-time contact or repeated skin contact may affect sensitization dermatitis and likely destruction and/or ulceration. may cause respiratory tract cancer. may cause liver and kidney damage. chronic inhalation may cause nasal septum ulceration and perforation. inhalation may cause liver and kidney damage. may cause ulceration and perforation of the nasal septum if inhaled in excessive amounts. causes respiratory tract irritation with likely burns. (source: nomanbhay, 2005) 12 iium engineering journal, vol. 23, no. 2, 2022 kabbashi et al. https://doi.org/10.31436/iiumej.v23i2.1717 2.1 formulation of the chromium stock solution the stock solution of 1000mg/l of cr (vi) ions was prepared using 2.829g k2cr2o7 salt or solids. new dilutions were applied for each study of the cr (vi) elimination which is 0.07mg/l, cnt dosage is from 0.1 to 1 mg, contact time is shown in table 2 as well as agitation speed. the ph of the solutions was modified using 0.1m hcl and 0.1m naoh and buffer was employed for keeping the ph of the solutions matching to the ph needed [2]. 2.2 the adsorption findings the adsorption capability of carbon nanotubes was established by the matrix design by setting the cr(vi) concentrations (0.07 mg/l) of 50 ml cr solution in 100 ml shake flasks, with several carbon nanotubes dosage (1 mg and 0.1 mg). the combination was stirred in a rotary shaker at different speeds (200 rpm, 150 rpm, 100 rpm and 50 rpm) supported by filtration making use of a syringe filter. the filtrate comprising the remaining concentration of cr(vi) was verified spectrophotometrically at 540 nm after complexation with 1,5 diphenylcarbazide [16]. for the purpose of rate of metal adsorption by carbon nanotubes, the supernatant was studied for remaining cr(vi) after the contact period of 10, 20, 30, 40, 60, 120 and 1440 minutes. the impact of ph on cr adsorption by carbon nanotubes was revealed at ph values of 2, 4, and 6. the impact of various dosages of carbon nanotubes were 0.1, 1 mg at 0.07 mg/l cr(vi) carbon nanotubes was selected. all the variable quantity is shown in table 3 below whereas fig. 1 confirms the overall summary of the cr(vi) elimination using carbon nanotubes. table 3: experimental system layout no. independent variables no. of levels description 1 cr(vi) concentration (mg/l) 1 0.07 2 ph 3 6, 4, 2 3 cnt dosage (mg) 4 1, 0.1 4 contact time (min) 7 10, 20, 30, 40, 60, 120, 1440 5 agitation speed (rpm) 4 50, 100, 150, 200 3. outcomes and analysis 3.1 consequences of variables on the cr (vi) elimination the results obtained showed that the chromium exhibits different types of phdependent equilibria in aqueous solution, cr(vi) is a highly toxic compound causing severe human health effects. for smaller ph (ph=2) values, cr3o10 and cr4o13 2varieties are created. the best possible original ph for the adsorption of hexavalent chromium onto carbon nanotubes was detected at ph=2. this implies the creation of more polymerized chromium oxide varieties with reduced ph. nearly 100% of cr(vi) ions were adsorbed from a solution of 0.07 mg/l [cr(vi)], at ph=2, while the adsorption was reduced by the alteration of the ph from 2 to 4 and 6 (as in fig. 1). the results showed that alcoholic groups are converted to carboxylic groups while reducing cr(vi) to cr(iv). the adsorption of metal ions varies on solution ph, which affects electrostatic attachment of ions to related metal groups. 13 iium engineering journal, vol. 23, no. 2, 2022 kabbashi et al. https://doi.org/10.31436/iiumej.v23i2.1717 fig. 1: impact of ph on the adsorption of cr(vi) at 0.07 mg/l cr(vi) concentration. 3.2 impact of carbon nanotubes amount on chromium application the concentration of both the metal ions and the carbon nanotubes is a substantial component to be studied for efficient adsorption. the amount of adsorption is a function of the original intensity of ions. the carbon nanotubes were different from 10 mg, 5 mg, 1 mg and 0.1 mg and caused interaction with the cr(vi) solutions of 0.07 mg/l intensities. the concentration of the carbon nanotubes in the 50 ml solution is 2 mg/l for 0.1mg and 20 mg/l for 1 mg cnt. for 1 mg cnt, the elimination of chromium is successful and accomplished 100% elimination with ph=2, agitation speed of 150 rpm and 120 minutes, as displayed in fig. 2. fig. 2: impact of cnt amount on cr(vi) adsorption from solutions at 0.07 mg/l cr(vi). cr adsorbed vs ph 2, 93% 4, 50% 6, 36% 2, 100% 4, 57% 6, 43% 0% 20% 40% 60% 80% 100% 120% 0 2 4 6 8 ph c r a d s o rb e d ( % ) 0.1mg 1mg removal of cr(vi) (% ) vs cnt dosage (mg/l) 84% 86% 88% 90% 92% 94% 96% 98% 100% 102% 0 5 10 15 cnt dosage (mg) c r r e m o v a l (% ) cnt dosage (mg) 14 iium engineering journal, vol. 23, no. 2, 2022 kabbashi et al. https://doi.org/10.31436/iiumej.v23i2.1717 3.3 impact of agitation speed the result of the agitation of the adsorption system in cr adsorption was observed at 200 rpm, 150 rpm, 100 rpm and 50 rpm of agitation. all agitation speeds were discovered to have positive impact to the adsorption process, as shown in fig. 3. agitation enables appropriate interaction among the metal ions in solution and the cnt binding sites and, by this means, supports efficient moving of chromium ions to the carbon nanotubes sites. at 100 rpm and 50 rpm, the adsorption speeds observed were discovered to be marginally smaller than that of 200 rpm and 150 rpm. these findings reveal that the interaction between solids and liquid is more efficient at 200 rpm and 150 rpm but a medium speed at 150 rpm is the safest. this remark, as in fig. 3, concurs with the earlier described biosorptive elimination of cr(vi) by the husk of bengal gram (cicer arientinum) [17]. fig. 3: impact of agitation speed (rpm) on cr(vi) adsorption, cr(vi) concentration=0.1 mg/l. 3.4 impact of contact time a deviation of contact times was studied to explore its impact on the elimination of cr (vi). figure 4 indicates that the reduction ratio improved with rising contact time. at 120 minutes of contact time, the elimination efficacy was almost 100%. this might be clarified by the rise of contact time causing a continuing reduction of cr (vi) until it achieved its stability. this outcome is coherent with the findings of gupta et al. [18], and junyapoon. [19] and binqiao ren et al. [20]. 3.5 modelling of data using statgraphic centurion xv software the pareto chart below (fig. 5) indicates each of the expected consequences in declining order of significance. the amount of each bar is proportionate to the standardized result, which is the expected outcome divided by its standard error. this is comparable to computing a t-statistic for each impact. the perpendicular line can be manipulated to decide which impacts are statistically significant. any bars which expand away from the line relate to impacts which are statistically significant at the 95.0% trust level. therefore, 5 consequences are significant. the largest effect is the ph, supported by time, dosage, speed and correlation among speed and ph. cr adsorbed (% ) vs agitation speed 77% 78% 79% 80% 81% 82% 83% 84% 85% 86% 87% 0 50 100 150 200 250 agitation speed c r a d s o rb e d ( % ) agitation speed 15 iium engineering journal, vol. 23, no. 2, 2022 kabbashi et al. https://doi.org/10.31436/iiumej.v23i2.1717 fig. 4: impact of contact time on the adsorption of cr(vi) with [cr(vi)] = 0.07 mg/l. the r-squared statistic suggests that the model as equipped supports 51.8007% of the flexibility in percentage elimination. the adjusted r-squared statistic, which is more appropriate for assessing models with diverse numbers of independent variables, is 49.6985%. the standard error of the assessment reveals the standard deviation of the residuals to be 22.8074. the mean absolute error (mae) of 17.5874 is the average value of the remainders. the durbin-watson (dw) statistic tests the residuals to ascertain if there is any significant correlation established on the order in which they appear in the data file. since the p-value is greater than 5.0%, there is no hint of serial autocorrelation in the residuals at the 5.0% significance level. fig. 5: pareto chart analysis. the edges in fig. 6 signify the expected change in percentage elimination of cr (vi) as each factor is shifted from its low level to its high level, with all additional factors kept constant at a value halfway between their lows and their highs. note that all the factors with cr adsorbed vs contact time 0% 20% 40% 60% 80% 100% 120% 0 50 100 150 contact time (min) c r a d s o rb e d ( % ) 0.1mg 1mg 16 iium engineering journal, vol. 23, no. 2, 2022 kabbashi et al. https://doi.org/10.31436/iiumej.v23i2.1717 significant main impacts have a better effect on the response which is the percentage elimination. from the pareto chart above, the adsorption equation model can be created as shown below: dosagecntphspeed timespeedphcradsorbed *89.1**0135.0 *013.0*14.0*06.1280.85(%)   note that the underlying model uses the form of a multiple linear regression model. each maintained main impact is incorporated in the model by itself, while the two-factor interface is represented by a cross product of speed and ph. the equation was outlined as illustrated in fig. 6. fig. 6: multiple linear regression results. r-squared = 64.1761 percent r-squared (adjusted for d.f.) = 63.6333 percent standard error of est. = 18.7668 mean absolute error = 14.2147 durbin-watson statistic = 0.950296 (p=0.0000) 4. conclusion the observations of the adsorption study on the capability of carbon nanotubes to eliminate cr(vi) reveals its possibility of usage to separate heavy metals from low concentration water. with 99.99% carbon nanotubes concentration, incredible properties, and structure, the elimination of cr(vi) was good and could accomplish up to 100% elimination. hence, the application of the carbon nanotubes to eliminate cr(vi) has been analysed in this experiment with four factors contributing namely the cnt dosage, the ph of the water, the agitation speed, and the contact time for the cr(vi) to be adsorbed with the carbon nanotubes. the experimental design that has been applied is the pattern design or the multilevel factorial. this experiment deals with one level of cr(vi) concentration, four levels of cnt 17 iium engineering journal, vol. 23, no. 2, 2022 kabbashi et al. https://doi.org/10.31436/iiumej.v23i2.1717 dosage, three levels of ph, seven levels of contact time and four levels of agitation speed. there were 336 experimental runs that were done with 2 replicates, the optimum conditions for cr removal were reached by 1 mg cnt dosage, ph=2, 120 minutes of contact time, and a moderate agitation rate of 150 rpm. references [1] iijima s. (1991) helical microtubules of graphitic carbon. nature, 354: 56-58. [2] atieh ma, bakather oy, tawabini bs, bukhari aa, khaled m, alharthi m, fettouhi m, abuilaiwi fa. (2010) removal of chromium (iii) from water by using modified and nonmodified carbon nanotubes. j. nanomater. https://doi.org/10.1155/2010/232378. [3] el-sheikh ah. (2008) effect of oxidation of activated carbon on its enrichment efficiency of metal ions: comparison with oxidized and non-oxidized multi-walled carbon nanotubes. talanta, 75: 127-134. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.talanta.2007.10.039. [4] mishra s, bharagava rn. (2016) toxic and genotoxic effects of hexavalent chromium in environment and its bioremediation strategies. j. environ. sci. heal. part c environ. carcinog. ecotoxicol. rev., 34: 1-32. https://doi.org/10.1080/10590501.2015.1096883. [5] baig m, mehmood b, matin a. (2004) removal of chromium from industrial effluents by sand filtration. electron j env. agric food chem., 2. [6] lee ck, low ks, kek kl. (1995) removal of chromium from aqueous solution. bioresour. technol., 54: 183-189. https://doi.org/10.1016/0960-8524(95)00130-1. [7] mitra s, sarkar a, sen. s (2017) removal of chromium from industrial effluents using nanotechnology: a review. nanotechnol. environ. eng., 2. https://doi.org/10.1007/s41204017-0022-y. [8] baral ss, das sn, rath p. (2006) hexavalent chromium removal from aqueous solution by adsorption on treated sawdust. biochem. eng. j., 31: 216-222. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.bej.2006.08.003. [9] hummers ws, offeman re. (1958) preparation of graphitic oxide. j. am. chem. soc., 80: 1339. [10] wang k, et al. (2015) one-pot preparation of cross-linked amphiphilic fluorescent polymer based on aggregation induced emission dyes. colloids surfaces b biointerfaces., 126: 273279. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.colsurfb.2014.12.025. [11] dakiky m, khamis m, manassra a, mer’eb m. (2002) selective adsorption of cr(vi) in industrial adsorbents. adv. environ. res., 6: 533-540. [12] el-shafey ei. (2005) behaviour of reduction-sorption of chromium (vi) from an aqueous solution on a modified sorbent from rice husk. water. air. soil pollut., 163: 81-102. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11270-005-8136-4. [13] william pj. (1985) industrial wastewater treatment technology, 2nd ed, butterworthheinemann, london. [14] demirbas e, kobya m, senturk e, ozkan t. (2004) adsorption kinetics for the removal of chromium (vi) from aqueous solutions on the activated carbons prepared from agricultural wastes. water sa, 30: 533-539. https://doi.org/10.4314/wsa.v30i4.5106. [15] nomanbhay sm, palanisamy k. (2005) removal of heavy metal from industrial wastewater using chitosan coated oil palm shell charcoal. electron. j. biotechnol., 8: 43-53. https://doi.org/10.2225/vol8-issue1-fulltext-7. [16] eaton a, ramirez lm, haghani a. (2001) the erin brockovich factor-analysis of total and hexavalent chromium in drinking waters, awwa water qual. technol. conf. nashville, tn. [17] ahalya n, kanamadi rd, ramachandra tv. (2005) biosorption of chromium (vi) from aqueous solutions by the husk of bengal gram (cicer arientinum). electron. j. biotechnol., 8: 258-264. https://doi.org/10.2225/vol8-issue3-fulltext-10. [18] gupta vk, shrivastava ak, jain. n (2001) biosorption of chromium(vi) from aqueous solutions by green algae spirogyra species. water res., 35: 4079-4085. https://doi.org/10.1016/s0043-1354(01)00138-5. 18 iium engineering journal, vol. 23, no. 2, 2022 kabbashi et al. https://doi.org/10.31436/iiumej.v23i2.1717 [19] s. junyapoon, &s. weerapong. (2006) removal of hexavalent chromium from aqueous solutions by scrap iron filings. kmitl sci. tech. j., 6: 1-12. [20] ren b, zhang q, zhang x, zhao l, li h. (2018) biosorption of cr(vi) from aqueous solution using dormant spores of aspergillus niger. rsc adv., 8: 38157-38165. https://doi.org/10.1039/c8ra07084a. 19 microsoft word mamat20-final.doc iium engineering journal, vol. 1, no. 2, 2000 m. f. bin mamat et al. 1 effect of lithium chloride (licl) dopant on the performance of catalysts for the oxidative coupling of methane m. f. mamat, n. a. mohd zabidi, s. bhatia and m. h. a. megat ahmad school of chemical engineering, perak branch campus, universiti sains malaysia,31750 tronoh, perak, malaysia kkbhatia@kimia.eng.usm.my abstract: the present study reports effects of lithium chloride (licl) doping on mgo, la2o3, sno2, cao and zno catalysts. all the catalysts were prepared by the impregnation method. the catalysts were tested at reaction temperature of 775oc. the feed flow rate of methane, oxygen and nitrogen was carried out in the ratio of 3:1:2 giving a weight hourly space velocity (whsv) of 0.375 g.s/cm3. la2o3 showed the highest c2+ selectivity among the undoped catalysts. all the catalysts were doped with licl to compare their methane conversion, selectivity and product yield. the 2.0 mol% licl doped into la2o3 was the best catalyst formulation having achieved 46.7% of c2+ selectivity with ch4 conversion of 29.0% and the increase in selectivity was attributed to the presence of chlorine. hydrogen production was more pronounced for mgo based catalysts and believed to be generated by surfacecatalyzed reactions. key words: oxidative coupling, c2+ selectivity, hydrogen production, ethylene, chlorine 1. introduction direct conversion of methane to industrial organic compounds is particularly significant especially natural gas, where the major component is methane, is one of the most plentiful fossil fuels available. industry analysts estimate that the world holds enough readily recoverable natural gas to produce 500 billion barrels of synthetic crude [1]. perhaps triple that amount of gas can be found in coal seams, natural gas hydrates [2] and in formations that release the gas only slowly. crude oil is now the main source of chemicals and liquid fuels. however, with the continual depletion of crude oil reserve, the demand for natural gas as a source of chemicals and fuels would certainly increase [3]. one route is the direct dimerization of methane through the catalytic oxidative coupling of methane (ocm) process. the catalytic oxidative coupling of methane (ocm) is represented by the following equation: n4 2 4n-2y 2 y nch o c h yh o 2 + ® + (1) in most published works in this topic, n would have the optimum value of 2. oxidant other than o2, such as n2o and o3 have also been shown to facilitate the coupling reaction [4]. the hydrocarbon products are often reported as c2+ products, mostly ethane and ethylene as the major components with ethylene as the target product. c3 hydrocarbons are usually formed but at comparativel y low selectivity. in addition to these products, cox (co and co2) are also formed nonselectively. the conversion of ch4 to cox is undesirable since it represents a lower yield of hydrocarbons. the cox may also poison the surface of the catalyst. another important product from the reaction is hydrogen, which is also a valuable product especially in fuel cells, which is projected to become the main source of energy for automobiles [5]. a large number of compounds, mostly metal oxides has been tested and found capable of facilitating the oxidative coupling reaction. in most of the catalysts studied, reaction temperatures in the range of 700-900oc are needed and products consists of c2+ hydrocarbons, carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide and water are obtained. there appears to be an inverse relation between methane conversion and selectivity to c2 hydrocarbons, resulting in an upper limit of selectivity per pass through the reactor. indeed, investigation on the thermodynamic feasibility of the reactions, proposed that ethylene yield of 30 per cent is the highest that can be achieved [6]. in earlier studies, the goal of the applied research was often to maximize c2+ yield by varying composition of the catalyst, partial pressures of reactants, etc.; however, even in the best catalytic systems, the c2+ hydrocarbons concentration in the exit gas were quite low making it economically undesirable to extract c2+ from such a mixture. the more effective catalysts may be divided into five groups a) highly basic pure oxides, of which the early members of the lanthanide oxides series (excluding ceo2) are the best, b) group ia or iia ions supported on basic oxides (for example, li/mgo, ba/mgo and sr/la2o3), c) monophasic oxides, d) a few transition metal oxides that contain group ia ions, and e) any of these materials that are promoted with chloride ions. it is very unlikely that only a single type of site is responsible for the activation of methane as can be seen in the diversity of the catalysts used in the oxidative coupling reaction. it is difficult to determine the nature of the active sites as most characterization methods are iium engineering journal, vol. 1, no. 2, 2000 m. f. bin mamat et al. 2 applicable only at conditions far removed from those used in the actual catalytic reaction. nonetheless, rational hypothesis can be made concerning the species that might exist on the surface of the functioning catalysts. the addition of chloride ions to an oxidative coupling catalyst can have a marked effect on its properties, particularly with respect to the ethylene (c2h4) to ethane (c2h6) product ratio. the chloride may be introduced either initially as a part of the catalyst or through organo chlorine compounds, for instance ccl4, that are added to the reagents [7]. because chlorine is known to dehydrogenate c2h6 in the gas phase, it has been suspected that homogenous reactions may be responsible for the large c2h4/c2h6 ratios that are observed in these chlorine containing systems [8]. in this study, the effects of licl on different oxide catalysts such as mgo, la2o3, sno2, cao and zno are reported. 2. experimental catalysts were prepared through the wet impregnation method. powdered mgo (merck, extra high purity), la2o3 (fluka, purity 97%), cao(bdh), zno (merck, 99.0%) and sno2 (merck, 99.0%) were used directly from supplier's package without any treatment. for doping the catalysts with licl, desired amount of licl (merck, 98.0%) was dissolved in deionized water. the supports were then poured into the solution and stirred. the resulting paste was dried in an oven for 12 hrs at 110oc-120oc. the dried paste was then crushed to powder and calcined at 950oc for 4 hour. the calcined material was then pelletized at 5 tons/m2 for each 5 gm of catalyst. the pellet was then calcined again at 950oc for another 8 hrs. after calcination, the pellets were crushed and sieved to 40-60 mesh size. the same procedure was applied with the other dopant (li2co3, ajax, 99.5%) used before testing. the catalysts were tested in a stainless steel microreactor (o.d. 12.7 mm, i.d. 10.92 mm and length 600 mm) situated vertically in a tubular furnace (carbolite vst 12). the catalyst layer was placed in the center of the microreactor. the free space below and above the catalyst layer was filled with quartz particles (rdh) of 40-60 mesh size in order to minimize the dead volume of the reactor. methane (malaysian oxygen, purity 99.99%), oxygen (99.8%) and nitrogen (99.99%) were passed through the microreactor. flow of the gases was controlled using mass flow controllers (brooks 5850e for both nitrogen and oxygen and mks for methane). outlet gas flow rate was monitored using a gas flowmeter (alexander wright dm3 b). the gaseous products were analyzed using an on-line gas chromatograph (hewlett-packard 6890). porapaq n column was used to separate carbon dioxide, ethane, ethylene and propylene and molecular sieve 5a was used for separation of hydrogen, oxygen, carbon monoxide, nitrogen and methane. water, a by-product of the reaction, was trapped in a gas trap before gaseous product sampling was carried out. the gas chromatograph was calibrated using a standard gas mixture supplied by boc gases, u.k. the catalyst was first heated in o2 at a flow rate of 10 ml/min at 800oc for half an hour to oxidize adsorbed components. it was then cooled down to 700oc before mixture of reactants was fed through the microreactor with ch4:o2:n2 ratio of 3:1:2 giving a total flow rate of 240 ml/min. a 1.5 gm of catalyst was used for each experimental run. furnace temperature was adjusted to the desired reaction temperature. catalyst bed temperature was monitored using a chromel-alumel thermocouple inserted into the catalyst bed. once the bed temperature stabilized for 15 mins, the sample was drawn. the activity of the catalysts was expressed in terms of methane conversion, selectivity and yield for c2+ hydrocarbon and hydrogen. a carbon balance of 100+2% was obtained for every run over the catalysts. the conversion of methane or oxygen was defined as 4 2 4 2 4 2 x(ch or o ) moles ch or o conver t ed 100% moles ch or o fed = ´ (2) the selectivity for cn products was calculated as n n 4 s(c ) n moles c in product s 100% moles ch convert ed t o all product s = ´ ´ (3) the yield for cn product was given by n n 4 n moles c in pr oduct s y(c ) 100% moles ch fed ´ = ´ (4) the selectivity for h2 product was calculated as 2 2 4 s(h ) 2 moles h in product s 100% 4 moles ch convert ed t o all product s = ´ ´ ´ (5) the yield for h2 product was given by 2 n 4 2 moles h in pr oduct s y(c ) 100% moles ch fed ´ = ´ (6) 3. results in most of experimental runs, methane to oxygen mole ratio was more than 2. a 100% o2 conversion was achieved in most of experiments. figure 1 shows the methane conversion, selectivity and yield of c2+ hydrocarbons for undoped catalysts. la2o3 gives the highest activity in terms of selectivity and yield of c2+ hydrocarbons, which were 44.8% and 12.4% respectively, followed by mgo with 39.4% selectivity and yield of 11.3% of c2+ hydrocarbons. zno gave 18.8% selectivity of c2+ hydrocarbons and yield of 4.0%. catalytic performance of both sno2 and cao show that they are nonselective catalysts. all these results are in line with literature findings. both the la2o3 and mgo have been known to be good coupling catalysts especially when doped with alkaline earth oxides [9]. iium engineering journal, vol. 1, no. 2, 2000 m. f. bin mamat et al. 3 fig. 1 performance of undoped catalyst figure 2 shows the selectivity and yield of hydrogen for the undoped catalysts. mgo showed the highest activity with h2 selectivity of 19.1% and yield of 5.5%. compared to the selectivity and yield of hydrocarbons product, cao showed significant selectivity and yield of h2 relative to mgo. a selectivity of 12.0% and 2.7% yield of hydrogen were obtained. both sno2 and zno gave low activity to h2 formation. the ratios of c2h4/c2h6 and co/co2 are shown in figure 3. from these results, it appeared that higher c2+ selectivity leads to higher c2h4/c2h6 ratio, nevertheless a small degree of variation in catalytic activity among the catalysts was observed. mgo produced higher ethylene relative to ethane as compared to la2o3 even though la2o3 gave the highest selectivity to c2+ hydrocarbons. the c2h4/c2h6 ratio did not correlate with h2 selectivity and yield. fig. 2 activity of undoped catalyst for selectivity and yield of hydrogen production fig. 3 ethylene to ethane ratio and carbon monoxide to carbon dioxide ratio over undoped catalyst doping the catalysts with 1 mol% licl did not result in an apparent increase in terms of c2+ selectivity and yield for any of the catalysts except cao, as shown in figure 4. the c2+ selectivity of 1 mol% licl/cao increased much higher compared to the other catalysts but the methane conversion decreased. the c2+ selectivity increased from 7.6% to 17.2% wihile methane conversion dropped 22.8% to 18.8%. no marked changes in the measured parameters were observed for other 1 mol% licl doped catalysts. figure 5 shows the selectivity and yield of h2 on the 1 mol% licl doped catalysts. again, except for 1 mol% licl/cao, there are no significant changes in both the h2 selectivity and yield for the other catalysts. the h2 selectivity and yield for 1 mol% licl/cao catalysts decreased from 12.0% to 0.9% and from 2.7% to 0.2%, respectively. fig. 4 activity of 1 mol% of licl doped catalysts iium engineering journal, vol. 1, no. 2, 2000 m. f. bin mamat et al. 4 fig. 5 hydrogen production over 1 mol% licl doped catalyst figure 6 shows the ratios of c2h4/c2h6 and co/co2 against the 1 mol% licl doped catalysts. the presence of licl appears to have a conspicuous influence to the product ratios, especially doped mgo catalyst. the ratio of c2h4/c2h6 increased from 1.14 for mgo catalyst to 1.38 for 1 mol% licl/mgo whereas the co/co2 increased from 0.14 to 0.25. for the other catalysts, no significant changes were observed in c2h4/c2h6 ratio but the co/co2 ratio for cao and sno2 reduced markedly due to total oxidation to co2. because of its high selectitivity to c2+ hydrocarbons, both the la2o3 and mgo have been doped with 2 mol% licl. table 1 shows the results of these catalysts together with pure and 1 mol% licl doped catalysts for comparison purpose. fig. 6 products ratio over 1 mol% licl doped catalyst from table 1, increasing licl concentration on mgo resulted in a negative effect where the c2+ selectivity decreased from 39.6% for 1 mol% licl/mgo catalyst to 34.7% for 2 mol% licl/mgo. the conversion also decreased from 27.6% to 24.7%. the most marked change was observed on the c2h4/c2h6 ratio, which decreased from 1.38 to 0.29. this was observed when li2co3 was used as a precursor. the c2+ selectivity increased to 42.6% with methane conversion of 29.7%, resulting in c2+ yield of 12.7%. the c2h4/c2h6 ratio also increased to 1.5. all the other measured parameters were kept constant. for la2o3, doping it with 2 mol% licl caused an increase in c2+ selectivity and yield which were the highest among all the catalysts studied. table 1: catalytic activity of la2o3 and mgo based catalysts catalysts %ch4 conversion %c2+ hydrocarbons %c2+ yield %h2 selectivity %h2 yield c2h4/c2h6 co/co2 mgo 28.8 39.4 11.3 19.1 5.5 1.14 0.14 1 mol% licl/mgo 27.6 39.6 10.9 16.3 4.5 1.38 0.25 2 mol% licl/mgo 24.7 34.7 8.6 20.6 5.1 0.29 0.32 2 mol% li/mgo * 29.7 42.6 12.7 17.0 5.1 1.5 0.25 la2o3 27.7 44.8 12.4 15.8 4.4 0.95 0.11 1 mol% licl/la2o3 28.5 44.3 12.6 14.0 4.0 0.99 0.12 2 mol% licl /la2o3 29.0 46.7 13.5 15.5 4.5 1.05 0.10 2 mol% li/la2o3* 27.8 42.8 11.9 12.9 3.4 0.81 0.05 *prepared by using li2co3 as a precursor for li dopant iium engineering journal, vol. 1, no. 2, 2000 m. f. bin mamat et al. 5 the c2+ selectivity and yield of 2 mol% licl/la2o3 were 46.7% and 13.5%, respectively. the h2 selectivity and yield together with the c2h4/c2h6 and co/co2 ratios did not change significantly. the activity of 2 mol% licl/la2o3 also was better than 2 mol% li/la2o3 catalyst prepared by using li2co3 as the li dopant precursor, where the c2+ selectivity obtained was 42.8% with methane conversion of 27.8%. the conversion, yield and selectivity values were reproducible within experimental error of 5%. 4. discussions it is generally accepted that the oxidative coupling of methane to c2 hydrocarbons and subsequently to c3 and higher hydrocarbons is initiated by the generation of gas-phase methyl radicals [10]. this is accomplished through the abstraction of hydrogen atom from methane, which has been proposed as follows: s4 3ch o ch oh+ ® + (7) where the surface oxygen species, o-s is the active site. the ohwould be converted to water through subsequent reactions that regenerate the o-s with the help of gas-phase oxygen. ethane is formed via the coupling of methyl radicals in the gas phase, whereas ethylene is believed to be originated from the thermal dehydrogenation of ethane or the surface-catalyzed oxidative dehydrogenation of ethane. both co and co2 come from the gas-phase or surface catalyzed oxidation of methane, hydrocarbon intermediate species and hydrocarbons final product. the latter two may contribute more significantly than the former for this non-selective reactions [11]. the production of hydrogen may be invoked by these possible paths of consecutive reactions [12]: water gas-shift reaction (referred to as wgs) 2 2 2co h o co h+ ® + (8) thermal cracking of ethane 2 6 2 4 2c h c h h® + (9) steam reforming of hydrocarbons n 2n+ 2 2 2c h nh o nco (2n+ 1)h+ ® + (10) partial oxidation of hydrocarbons n 2n+ 2 2 2 1 c h no nco (n+ 1)h 2 + ® + (11) ethane dehydrogenation in the presence of steam is an un-catalyzed commercial process, whereas wgs and steam reforming of hydrocarbons do not proceed without a catalyst. partial oxidation can occur both thermally and catalytically. from the figures and table presented, it is noticeable that when the c2+ selectivity increases, the c2h4/c2h6 would also increase but not the h2 selectivity. this indicates that the catalytic oxidative dehydrogenation of ethane and the thermal dehydrogenation of ethane are the sources of ethylene and the water gas-shift reaction (eq. 8) is the main source of hydrogen production. the catalytic influence on these reactions is clearly shown by the differences in activity of cao and 1 mol% licl/cao. the relative importance of the catalytic oxidative dehydrogenation of ethane and the thermal dehydrogenation of ethane is, however, difficult to determine. the low co/co2 ratio recorded on all the catalysts indicates that the steam reforming of hydrocarbons (eq. 10) and the partial oxidation of hydrocarbons (eq. 11) do not proceed to a significant extent. the absence of steam reforming reaction is in line with kinetics observation by stansch[11] on la2o3/cao catalyst which stated that the reaction was not observed for reaction temperatures below 800oc but become significant above 800oc. this is because the reaction of c2+ hydrocarbons with water is much slower as compared with oxygen. investigation by hargreaves, et. al.[12] showed that partial oxidation of hydrocarbons was found to be the dominant route to h2 only at low oxygen conversion. in the present study, a 100% of oxygen conversion was achieved on all the catalysts system. for the catalysts studied, the positive influence of licl on la2o3 is much more pronounced. the increase in the c2h4/c2h6 ratio may indicate the participation of chlorine in dehydrogenating ethane in the gas phase. as the calcination and reaction temperature used in this study are relatively high, significant loss of chlorine from the catalyst may occur before and definitely after the reaction. this is believed to happen because of the evaporative nature of chlorine. during experimentation, chlorine may react with water vapors resulting in the formation of hcl. if chlorine induced dehydrogenation of ethane occurred, it is projected that mgo when doped with 2 mol% of licl should give a much higher c2h4/c2h6 ratio as compared to 1 mol% of licl/mgo. however, this is not the case in our present study. this suggests that other factor, which was influenced by the presence of cl plays a part in the catalyst selectivity. the negative effect of chlorine on mgo is proved further when li2co3 was used as a precursor to prepare 2 mol% li/mgo, and the c2+ selectivity increased together with the c2h4/c2h6 ratio. the presence of chlorine, however, possibly enhanced the c2h4/c2h6 ratio only at a much lower temperature. a study on licl/mgo catalyst showed the catalysts to be effective in increasing the ratio of c2h4/c2h6 up to 5 with c2 yield of 20% at 640oc[7]. for la2o3, higher doping concentration of licl gives a positive effect to the c2+ selectivity but the c2h4/c2h6 ratio remains to be similar. again, the presence of chlorine is the main factor in the increase of c2+ selectivity as doping the la2o3 with the same li concentration using li2co3 as the precursor do not give a similar result but a decrease in c2+ selectivity as observed. the different behavior of la2o3 and mgo based catalysts may be attributed to the influence of chlorine on the active sites of the catalysts. the chlorine seems to affect the catalysts activity more than that of lithium. iium engineering journal, vol. 1, no. 2, 2000 m. f. bin mamat et al. 6 5. conclusions results obtained show that the presence of licl has a marked influence on the activity of all the catalysts studied. the function of the chlorine atom is related more to the active sites on the surface of the catalysts rather than involved in facilitating ethylene formation via gas-phase dehydrogenation reaction of ethane, as previously suggested. it is also discovered that hydrogen is mainly produced through the water gasshift reaction. acknowledgements this research has been supported by universiti sains malaysia under long-term irpa grant (project no. 0202-05-7003). megat harun al rashid bin megat ahmad acknowledges ministry of science, technology and environment, malaysia for award of postgraduate scholarship. references [1] s. a. fouda, "liquid fuels from natural gas", scientific american, pp. 74-77, march 1998. [2] m. max, and w. dillon, "natural gas hydrate: a frozen asset?", chemistry and industry., pp. 16-18, january 2000. [3] g. j. hutchings, j. s. j. hargreaves, r.w. joyner and c. j. kiely, c. j., "towards understanding of methane coupling" chemtech, vol. 24, pp. 25-29, 1994. [4] a. g. anshits, e.v. kondratenko, e. n. voskresenskaya, l. i. kurteeva, and n. i., pavlenko, "the influence of o2 on oxidative coupling of methane over oxide catalysts using n2o as oxidant", catalysis today, vol. 46(2-3), pp. 211-216, 1998. [5] t. brousas, p. h. chiang, d. eng and m. stoukides, "technical and economic evaluation of a methane solid oxide fuel cell", ionics, vol. 1, pp. 328-337, 1995. [6] m. baerns, o. buyevskaya and l. mleczko, "direct conversion of methane to c2 hydrocarbons-is there a prospect for the future?", proceedings from the european applied research conference on natural gas-eurogas 94-sintef, trondheim, pp. 93-113, 1995. [7] j. h. lunsford, "the catalytic oxidative coupling of methane", angewandte chemie, vol. 34, pp. 970-980, 1995. [8] s. ahmed and j. b. moffat, "the oxidative coupling of methane on mn/sio2 and the effect of solidand gasphase doping", journal of catalysis, vol. 171, pp. 439448, 1999. [9] j. zaman, "oxidative processes in natural gas conversion", fuel processing technology, vol. 58, pp. 61-81, 1999. [10] n. w. cant, e. m. kennedy and p. f. nelson, "magnitude and origin of the deuterium kinetic isotope effect during methane coupling and related reactions over li/mgo catalysts", journal of physical chemistry, vol. 97, pp. 1445-1450, 1993. [11] z. stansch, l. mleczko and m. baerns, "comprehensive kinetics of oxidative coupling of methane over the la2o3/cao catalyst", industrial engineering and chemistry research, vol. 36, pp. 2568-2579, 1997. [12] j. s. j. hargreaves, j. g. hutchings and r. w., joyner, “hydrogen production in methane coupling over magnesium oxide”, natural gas conversion, elsevier, pp. 155-159, 1991. biographies muhammad fadzli bin mamat received his diploma in chemical engineering from universiti teknologi malaysia in 1993. he worked as a technician at mobil malaysia before furthering his study in chemical engineering at the school of chemical engineering, universiti sains malaysia. he carried out his final year project on the development of catalysts for the oxidative coupling of methane(ocm) under the supervision of dr. noor asmawati and graduated with honors recently. dr. noor asmawati binti mohd. zabidi received her b.s. in chemistry from nebraska wesleyan university, lincoln, usa in 1986. she carried out research in photocatalysis under the supervision of prof. timothy f. thomas at the university of missouri-kansas city, usa where she received her ph.d. in 1995. she has been a lecturer at the school of chemical engineering, universiti sains malaysia, perak branch campus since 1996. megat harun al rashid bin megat ahmad received his b.app.sc. in analytical chemistry from the school of chemical sciences, universiti sains malaysia in 1997. he conducted his msc. research project on the development of catalyst for the oxidative coupling of methane under the supervision of dr. noor asmawati and prof. subhash bhatia. previously he has undertaken research on the dpasv and dpp under the supervision of dr. sulaiman ab. ghani (usm), eia on tasik bera, pahang, malaysia (universiti malaya-wetlands international) and the determination of marker for p53 mutation for colon cancer research at the institute of medical research, malaysia. prof. subhash bhatia joined school of chemical engineering, universiti sains malaysia, perak branch campus, in 1995. he was a full professor at the department of chemical engineering, indian institute of technology, kanpur (india). prof. bhatia was a visiting faculty at the university of queensland, australia from 1988-89 and 1994-95. his research interests are zeolite catalysis, chemical reaction engineering and environmental catalysis. he has written a book on zeolite catalysis that was published by crc press, usa and has published more than 60 papers in national and international journals. iium engineering journal iium engineering journal, vol. 23, no. 2, 2022 zayan et al. https://doi.org/10.31436/iiumej.v23i2.2148 earlier denaturation of dna by using novel ternary hybrid nanoparticles jalal mohammed zayan1, akbar john2*, abdul khaliq rasheed3, batoul alallam4, mohammed khalid5, ahmad faris ismail1, bryan raveen nelson6 and hamzah mohd salleh7 1 department of mechanical engineering, international islamic university malaysia, kuala lumpur, malaysia. 2 institute of oceanography and maritime studies (inocem), kulliyyah of science, international islamic university malaysia, kuantan, malaysia. 3 department of new energy science and engineering, school of energy and chemical engineering, xiamen university malaysia. jalan sunsuria, bandar sunsuria, 43900 sepang, malaysia. 4 integrated medical center, advanced medical and dental institute,13200, malaysia. 5 graphene and advanced 2d materials research group, level 4, east wing nub, school of science and technology, sunway university, sunway city, petaling jaya, 47500, malaysia. 6 institute of topical biodiversity and sustainable development, universiti malaysia terengganu, 21030, kuala nerus, terengganu, malaysia. 7 international institute for halal research and training (inhart), international islamic university malaysia, kuala lumpur, malaysia * corresponding author: akbarhohn50@gmail.com (received: 10th july 2021; accepted: 1st november 2021; published on-line: 4th july 2022) abstract: two novel ternary hybrid nanoparticles (thnp) consisting of graphene oxide (go) and reduced graphene oxides (rgo) were added to samples of dna. the effect of the addition of nanoparticles on the thermal denaturation of dna samples was studied by measuring the absorbance using a temperature-controlled perkin elmer uv spectrophotometer. adding go-tio2-ag and rgo-tio2-ag nanoparticles lowered the denaturation temperature of template dna significantly. the nanoparticles affect the denaturation rate. the optimal go-tio2-ag and rgo-tio2-ag concentrations were found to be 5 × 10-2, which resulted in 86and 180-folds augmentation of dna denaturation (6.5 µg/ml), respectively, while it resulted in 2and 7-folds augmentation of dna denaturation (11.5 µg/ml), respectively, at temperature as low as 80 °c. the results indicated that rgo-tio2-ag nanoparticles exhibited significantly higher dna denaturation enhancement than rgo-tio2-ag nanoparticles, owing to their enhanced thermal conductivity effect. therefore, these nanoparticles could help to get improved pcr yield, hence enable amplification to be performed for longer cycles by lowering the denaturation temperatures. abstrak: dua ternar baru nanopartikel hibrid (thnp) mengandungi oksida grapen (go) dan oksida grapen yang dikurangkan (rgo) dan dimasukkan ke dalam sampel dna. kesan penambahan nanopartikel pada denaturasi termal pada sampel dna telah dikaji dengan mengukur penyerapan menggunakan kawalan-suhu perkin elmer uv spektrofotometer. penambahan go-tio2-ag dan rgo-tio2-ag nanopartikel telah mengurangkan suhu denaturasi pada templat dna dengan nyata. nanopartikel memberi kesan pada kadar denaturasi. kepekatan optimal go-tio2-ag dan rgo-tio2-ag didapati sebanyak 5 × 10-2, menyebabkan penambahan sebanyak 86dan 180-lipat pada dna denaturasi (6.5 µg/ml), masing-masing, sementara ia menyebabkan sebanyak 2dan 7237 iium engineering journal, vol. 23, no. 2, 2022 zayan et al. https://doi.org/10.31436/iiumej.v23i2.2148 lipat penambahan pada dna denaturasi (11.5 µg/ml), masing-masing, pada suhu serendah 80 °c. dapatan menunjukkan nanopartikel rgo-tio2-ag mempunyai kenaikan penambahan dna denaturasi nyata berbanding nanopartikel rgo-tio2-ag, disebabkan kesan kekonduksian penambahan suhu. oleh itu, nanopartikel ini dapat membantu bagi penambah baikan pengeluaran pcr, membolehkan penguatan dapat dilakukan dalam kitaran lebih lama dengan merendahkan suhu denaturasi. keywords: dna denaturation; polymerase chain reaction (pcr); nano-pcr; hybrid nanoparticles 1. introduction pcr is a widely used tool in molecular biotechnology to generate billions of copies of target dna from a single templet dna strand. this mechanism is the basis for detecting genetic mutation and disease diagnosis in various medical and omics applications. the pcr process involves three major stages: denaturation, annealing, and extension. these steps are performed by rapid heating and cooling of the samples to a specific temperature at the defined time. the denaturation is the first step of pcr which involves the unwinding of double-stranded dna into two single-stranded dna by applying heat [1,2]. from a thermodynamic perspective, the intricate arrangement and bonding of two adjacent base pairs in the dna (a, t, g, and c) is the most critical aspect for the stability of the dna double helix. therefore, the energy required to denature the dna should be equal to or greater than those bonding energies holding the base pairs. in genetics, pyrimidine/purine (yr) and a: t rich regions are less exposed to the stacking energies due to double hydrogen bonding than the g: c rich region with triple hydrogen bonds. therefore, the tatata sequence will melt readily once the reaction is heated to the denaturation temperature. denaturation or melting is modifying the molecular structure of the dna by breaking the weakening linkages of the dna. the application of heat to the dna sample increases the system's kinetic energy and entropy, leading to transitional and rotational movements between the dna helix causing a collision of the atoms and molecules with one another in the dna. these collisions reduce the strength of the hydrogen bonds, which eventually break, allowing a double-stranded dna helix to unwind into two single strands [3]. the initial denaturation step usually occurs at 94 °c to 98 °c for each amplification cycle depending on the optimal temperature for taq dna polymerase activity and the g-c content of the template dna used in the reaction. the denaturation temperature in a pcr assay is usually set at 95 °c, regardless of the characteristics of the dna template. therefore, the denaturation temperature may only vary the duration of the denaturation step instead of the temperature. hence, taq dna polymerase gradually inactivates under these conditions, and its half-life will be reduced from 130 min at 92.5 °c to 40 min 95 °c [4]. as the amplified product serves as a template in subsequent cycles, the taq dna polymerase activity might be limited later. moreover, some templates of double-stranded dna wind during a typical denaturation stage, while others will not unwind easily (e.g., dna templates of mammalian promoter gc-rich sequences are complicated to denature initially). increasing the temperature of the denaturation step by more than 95 °c can assist in enhancing denaturation, which may lead to better yield. however, biomolecules in pcr reactions are stressed when the denaturation temperature is excessively high. polymerases’ half-times will decrease by a factor of 3–9 between 95 °c and 100 °c, depending on enzyme type [5]. hence, dna polymerase activity could be improved by the judicious use of lower denaturation temperatures. 238 iium engineering journal, vol. 23, no. 2, 2022 zayan et al. https://doi.org/10.31436/iiumej.v23i2.2148 nanomaterial-assisted pcr technology has emerged to solve this problem by incorporating nanomaterials with excellent thermal conductivity into a pcr reaction [6]. this leads to enhanced dna denaturation and ultimately improves the pcr yield, as many researchers have studied in the past two decades [7]. in addition, some studies have proven the theory that by using nanoparticles as an additive, the dna denaturation process starts eventually at temperatures due to the excellent heat transfer property of the nanoparticles used in the pcr reaction [8]. for instance, graphene nanoflakes helped better heat dissipation, leading to enhanced dna denaturation during the first pcr step [9]. moreover, hexagonal boron nitride nanoparticles enhanced acanthamoeba dna yield at a lower denaturation temperature of 91.5 °c [10]. two novel ternary hybrid nanoparticles (thnp) consisting of graphene oxide (go) and reduced graphene oxides (rgo) were synthesized and characterized in a recent study [11]. they were coated with two other nanoparticles, silver (ag) and titanium dioxide (tio2). the potential use of go-tio2-ag and rgo-tio2-ag thnps as pcr enhancer additives is primarily discussed in this study. the primary target is the first step in the pcr reaction (dna denaturation step). the use of go-tio2-ag and rgo-tio2-ag nanoparticles is expected to lower the denaturation temperature template dna; this could help to get improved pcr yield of product, hence enables amplification to be performed for longer cycles. thnp of five different concentrations to two different concentrations of dna were used. the samples are investigated in a temperature-controlled spectrophotometer to check the absorbance of dna with thnp at different concentrations. 2. materials and methodology 2.1 synthesis of thnp the hydrothermal method was used to synthesize thnps as described in our previous study [11]. graphene oxide (go) was dispersed in deionized water at 1 mg/ml concentration using an ultrasonic stirring treatment for about two hours. a 10 ml by volume of titanium isopropoxide was mixed with 10 ml of isopropyl alcohol, and then the solution was added dropwise to 50 ml of go suspension. next, 10 ml of 0.2 m agno3 was added dropwise to the solution. the solution was stirred for two hours to ensure complete mixing and homogeneity. the ph of the solution was adjusted to 1.1, and then it was heated at 160 °c for 24 hours using a stainless steel autoclave lined with teflon. the product was washed with ethanol and then with water to remove all the remnants and unreacted ions and finally filtered. the resultant residue (go-tio2-ag nanocomposites) was dried at 80 °c. rgotio2-ag thnps was synthesized with the same procedure; however, ammonia and hydrazine were added to go suspension to remove oxygen molecules from go sheets and their functional groups. the characterization of thnp is described in our previous study [11]. 2.2 preparation of thnp-based nanofluids go-tio2-ag thnp were weighted using sartorius entris® balance and then dispersed in molecular biology-grade sterile/di water to make the final stock solution concentration of 5 x 10-2 wt % (sample a). next, the thnps were dispersed in ddh2o and then sonicated using ultrasound probe sonication for 2 min, followed by water bath sonication for about 4 hours to obtain a homogenous solution of nanofluids without sedimentation. the stock solution was then serially diluted for about four more concentrations, named concentration b(5x10-3)wt%, c(5x 0-4)wt%, d(5x10-5)wt%, and e(5x10-6)wt%. rgo-tio2-ag nanofluid was prepared in the same way. 239 iium engineering journal, vol. 23, no. 2, 2022 zayan et al. https://doi.org/10.31436/iiumej.v23i2.2148 2.3 dna isolation a salmon fish tissue sample was used as a template in this study. genomic dna was extracted and purified using dneasy blood & tissue kit (qiagen, hilden, germany) following the manufacturer's protocol. template concentration was ascertained using thermo qubit 3.0 fluorometer, and it was found to be 11.5 ng/μl and 6.5 ng/μl (a and b resp.) and stored at 4 °c for further use. 2.4 evaluation of dna denaturation by uv spectroscopy perkin elmer uv spectrophotometer was used to measure the absorbance of samples at 200-400 nm. the thermal denaturation experiments were carried out using two dna concentrations, named a (6.5 ng/μl) and b (11.5 ng/μl) in the presence and absence of the synthesized graphene-based ternary hybrid nanofluids (go-tio2-ag and rgo-tio2-ag) to determine the effect of nanoparticles on the early dna denaturation. five levels of concentrations, a(5x10-2)wt%, b(5x10-3)wt%, c(5x10-4)wt%, d(5x10-5)wt% and e(5x106)wt% were tested. the measurements were performed by mixing dna samples with the nanofluid at the ratio of 5:2 and then filled in a clean 5 mm spectrometer quartz cuvette cell. the absorbance was measured at various temperature ranges starting at 80 °c, with 2 °c increments, till 96 °c using the peltier system. 3. results and discussion 3.1 effects of thnps on dna denaturation the novel go-tio2-ag and rgo-tio2-ag ternary hybrid nanoparticles exhibited a superior enhancement of pcr and led to a 28.5% reduction of total cycles and enhanced the pcr yield 16.89-folds for go-tio2-ag and 15.75-folds for rgo-tio2-ag, compared to control in our earlier study [refer pcr manuscript]. in this study, the same ternary hybrid nanoparticles were added to two dna samples (samples a and b), and the absorbance is measured using a spectrophotometer. the absorbance (at 260 nm) of two dna samples (a:6.5 and b:11.5 ng/µl) with and without the synthesized graphene-based ternary hybrid nanofluids) at five concentration levels at various temperatures were measured as shown in fig 1. the absorbance of the dna in the presence of thnp can give us a deeper insight into the behavior of dna during the denaturation step. go-tio2-ag and rgo-tio2-ag thnp exhibited higher absorbance values than the control (without nanoparticles) over the measured temperature range (from 80 oc to 96 oc) in two different dna samples a and b with concentration, indicating early denaturation of dna even at temperatures as low as 80 °c. interestingly, the concentration of nanoparticles has an impact on the extent of dna denaturation. a more significant denaturation was exerted with the higher concentration of these nanoparticles than the lower one at all studied temperatures (fig. 1). when comparing the dna samples containing the nanoparticles, rgo-tio2-ag nanoparticles were significantly more effective than go-tio2-ag thnp at higher concentrations (5x10 -2) wt%. the absorbance of the dna samples containing 5x10-2 wt% go-tio2-ag nanoparticles was ∼86and ∼2-folds higher than the control dna samples at 80°c, for dna samples a and b, respectively, while the absorption in the presence of rgo-tio2-ag nanoparticles was ∼180and ∼7-folds higher than the control in dna samples a and b, respectively. moreover, dna was denatured earlier in the presence of rgo-tio2-ag nanoparticles at a concentration higher than c (5x10-4)wt%. at the same time, it was still earlier denatured in the presence of go-tio2-ag even at a concentration as low as e (5x10 -6) wt%. these results 240 iium engineering journal, vol. 23, no. 2, 2022 zayan et al. https://doi.org/10.31436/iiumej.v23i2.2148 indicate the importance of an optimal nanoparticle concentration for the maximal heat transfer effect. the earlier denaturation of the dna in the presence of the thnps could be due to the enhanced thermal conductivity of nanoparticles. the denaturation of double-stranded dna typically happens if the temperature exceeds 90 °c. as the kinetic energy and entropy of the reaction system increase, the transitional and rotational motions, which causes a collision of the atoms and molecules of the reagents, increase. these collisions reduce the strength of the hydrogen bonds, which eventually breaks, allowing a double-stranded dna helix to unwind into two single strands [12]. thus, the presence of nanoparticles enhances the dna’s denaturation due to the more excellent heat dissipation in the reaction mixture, which causes a collision of the atoms and molecules between nanoparticles, and pcr reagents [13]. thus, these results are proof that dna could be denatured earlier in the presence of thnps. furthermore, the percentage of enhancement that we achieved is significantly higher than previously published reports. fig. 1: near uv absorption spectra (260 nm) of dna in presence and absence of increasing concentration of go-tio2-ag and rgo-tio2-ag (5x10 -2 5x10-6 wt%) to determine the effect of nanoparticles on dna denaturation. to the left, a (6.5 ng/μl), and to the right, b (11.5 ng/μl) dna samples. the absorption spectra for go-tio2-ag and rgo-tio2-ag over 200 to 400 nm are presented side by side based on the concentration in figs. 2 and 3. it can be seen from fig 2, the strong absorption below 210 nm in the dna spectrum, at all temperatures, resulted from absorptions of phosphate groups and sugar parts. the second maximum dna absorption position was located at 260 nm due to dna base absorption. dna spectra had confirmed that the dna was denatured at temperature 92-94 °c as all spectra absorption at temperature ≤92 °c were significantly lower than that observed for spectra at temperature ≥ 94 °c. once the absorbance of uv light in the spectrophotometer has increased until it has completely melted or un-wound to two single strands, the denaturation can be determined. the absorbance will remain constant even if the temperature or heating is further increased. the hypochromic effect refers to the fact that single-strand dna absorbs 50 percent more uv light than double-strand dna before reaching the melting point. renaturation is the reversible process of denaturation, which occurs when the temperature is lowered below the melting point. the renaturation time can be used to calculate the repetitive fractions as well as the base composition [14]. the melting point, or tm, of different dna will vary depending on various factors such as the length of the dna strand, base composition, topological condition of dna, buffer composition, etc. compared to a longer strand of dna, a shorter dna strand will melt faster and more efficiently [15]. 80 82 84 86 88 90 92 94 96 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 a b s temperature ( 0 c) 2a 2b 2c 2d 2e 3a 3b 3c 3d 3e dna 80 82 84 86 88 90 92 94 96 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 a b s temperature ( 0 c) 2b 2c 2d 2e 3a 3b 3c 3d 3e dna 241 iium engineering journal, vol. 23, no. 2, 2022 zayan et al. https://doi.org/10.31436/iiumej.v23i2.2148 because many variables influence the melting point of dna, it is difficult to predict the exact melting temperature of a given dna sequence. fig. 2: (a), (b), (c), (d), and (e) are near uv absorption spectra of 6.5 ng/μl dna in presence and absence of go-tio2-ag samples of concentrations a(5x10 -2) wt%, b(5x10-3) wt%, c(5x10-4) wt%, d(5x10-5) wt% and e(5x10-6) wt%, respectively; (f), (g), (h), (i) and (j) are near uv absorption spectra of 6.5 ng/μl dna in presence and absence of rgo-tio2-ag samples of concentrations a(5x10 -2) wt%, b(5x10-3) wt%, c(5x10-4) wt%, d(5x10-5) wt% and e(5x10-6) wt%, respectively. (a) (a) (f) (b) (g) (c) (h) (d) (i) (e) (j) 242 iium engineering journal, vol. 23, no. 2, 2022 zayan et al. https://doi.org/10.31436/iiumej.v23i2.2148 fig. 3: (a), (b), (c), (d), and (e) are near uv absorption spectra of 11.5 ng/μl dna in presence and absence of go-tio2-ag samples of concentrations a(5x10 -2) wt%, b(5x10-3) wt%, c(5x10-4) wt%, d(5x10-5) wt% and e(5x10-6) wt%, respectively; (f), (g), (h), (i), and (j) are near uv absorption spectra of 11.5 ng/μl dna in presence and absence of rgo-tio2-ag samples of concentrations a(5x10 -2) wt%, b(5x10-3) wt%, c(5x10-4) wt%, d(5x10-5) wt% and e(5x10-6) wt%, respectively. 243 iium engineering journal, vol. 23, no. 2, 2022 zayan et al. https://doi.org/10.31436/iiumej.v23i2.2148 the shift in the dna absorption peak upon addition of go-tio2-ag reveals the interaction of the dna–thnps. the significant absorbance increase observed upon the addition of various concentrations of go-tio2-ag at temperature ≤ 92 °c indicates that the go-tio2-ag thnps augmented the denaturation of the double-stranded dna. however, and at a temperature ≥ 94° c, a higher dna denaturation was exhibited with the presence of at least 5x10-2 wt% of go-tio2-ag thnps. similar absorbance patterns can be seen for rgo-tio2-ag thnps spectra at all study concentrations except at a concentration of 5x10 2 wt%; their absorbance was significantly higher than that of go counterparts. additionally, rgo-tio2-ag nanoparticles did not enhance the denaturation at concentration 5x10-3 wt% to 5x10-6 wt%, indicating the importance of an optimal nanoparticle concentration for the maximal heat transfer effect. a similar absorption pattern was observed for dna samples a in the presence and absence of thnps; however, dna absorption peak shift upon thnps addition was more prominent. the dna denaturation was augmented at all concentrations of thnps except at 5x10-6 wt% and 5x10-5 wt% for go-tio2-ag and go-tio2-ag, respectively (fig. 3). moreover, there was a positive impact of go-tio2-ag thnps concentration on the denaturation. for instance, the absorption of the dna samples containing 5x10-2 wt% and 5x10-5 wt% go-tio2-ag nanoparticles was 4.0-, 1.99-folds, respectively, higher than the control a dna samples, and 54.64-, 20.57folds, respectively, higher than the control b dna samples, at 86 °c. thus, decreasing the concentration of go-tio2-ag thnps in dna samples, from 5x10 -2 wt% to 5x10-5 wt%, decreased the absorption significantly by 50% and 38% for dna samples a and b, respectively. on the other hand, reducing the concentration of rgo-tio2-ag thnps in the dna sample, from 5x10-2 wt% to 5x10-5 wt%, decreased the absorption by 3.4% for dna samples a and b, respectively. interestingly, at the lowest concentration of the thnp, their absorbance is negative, which indicates that the uv light passing through the dna samples in the presence of thnp gives out a greater intensity of light. therefore, it may have important significance. 4. conclusion the experiment has demonstrated the impact of adding the two novel ternary hybrid nanoparticles on dna denaturation. the rationale behind the use of graphene based thnps is its unique heat transfer properties. dna denaturation data showed that the enhancement of the dna denaturation was nanoparticle concentration-dependent. the higher concentrations exhibit the maximum enhancement of the dna denaturation owing to the enhanced thermal conductivity effect. rgo based thnp showed better results at higher concentrations compared to go-based thnp. we propose thnp can be effectively used to achieve early denaturation of dna samples. acknowledgements this research work was financially supported by a grant from the fundamental research grant scheme (frgs/1/2018/wab09/uiam/02/5), ministry of higher education, malaysia and a grant from the knowledge transfer and assimilation grant scheme 2021 (2-2/25/15/11-21), universiti malaysia terengganu (umt). we would also like to thank the reviewers for their constructive comments to improve this manuscript. 244 iium engineering journal, vol. 23, no. 2, 2022 zayan et al. https://doi.org/10.31436/iiumej.v23i2.2148 references [1] fu-ming sang, xin li, jia liu. (2017) development of nano-polymerase chain reaction and its application. chinese journal of analytical chemistry, 45(11): 1745-1753. [2] lorenz tc. (2012) polymerase chain reaction: basic protocol plus troubleshooting and optimization strategies. jove (journal of visualized experiments), 63: e3998. [3] ussery dw. (2013) dna denaturation, brenner’s encycl. genet. second ed., pp. 353-355. [4] shen c, yang w, ji q, maki h, dong a, zhang z. (2009) nanopcr observation: different levels of dna replication fidelity in nanoparticle-enhanced polymerase chain reactions. nanotechnology, 20(45): 455103. [5] cazzaniga g, songia s, biondi a. (2021) pcr technology to identify minimal residual disease. in leukemia stem cells (pp. 77-94). humana, new york, ny. [6] gabriel s, rasheed ak, siddiqui r, appaturi jn, fen lb, khan na. (2018) development of nanoparticle-assisted pcr assay in the rapid detection of brain-eating amoebae. parasitology research, 117(6): 1801-1811. [7] lin yc, wu hl. (2007) nano-pcr: breaking the bottom limit of the pcr denaturation temperature using nanogold. in transducers 2007. ieee international solid-state sensors, actuators and microsystems conference, pp. 391-394. [8] khaliq a, sonawane pj, sasi bk, sahu bs, pradeep t, das sk, mahapatra nr. (2010) enhancement in the efficiency of polymerase chain reaction by tio2 nanoparticles: crucial role of enhanced thermal conductivity. nanotechnology, 21(25): 255704. [9] khaliq a, kafafy r, salleh hm, faris wf. (2012) enhancing the efficiency of polymerase chain reaction using graphene nanoflakes. nanotechnology, 23(45) 455106. [10] rasheed ak, siddiqui r, ahmed smk, gabriel s, jalal mz, john a, khan na. (2020) hbn nanoparticle-assisted rapid thermal cycling for the detection of acanthamoeba. pathogens, 9(10): 824. [11] zayan m, rasheed ak, john a, muniandi s, faris a. (2021) synthesis and characterization of novel ternary hybrid nanoparticles as thermal additives in h2o. chemrxiv. doi:10.26434/chemrxiv.13710130.v1 [12] abbotts r, wilson dm. (2017) 3rd. coordination of dna single strand break repair. free radic biol med., 107: 228-244. doi: 10.1016/j.freeradbiomed.2016.11.039. [13] li a, zhou b, alves cs, xu b, guo r, shi x, cao x. (2016) mechanistic studies of enhanced pcr using pegylated pei-entrapped gold nanoparticles. acs applied materials & interfaces, 8(39): 25808-25817. [14] lee jy, lim hw, yoo si, zhang bt, park th. (2006) simulation and real-time monitoring of polymerase chain reaction for its higher efficiency. biochemical engineering journal, 29(12): 109-118. [15] bai y, cui y, paoli gc, shi c, wang d, shi x. (2015) nanoparticles affect pcr primarily via surface interactions with pcr components: using amino-modified silica-coated magnetic nanoparticles as a main model. acs applied materials & interfaces, 7(24): 13142-13153. 245 application of digital cellular radio for mobile location estimation iium engineering journal, vol. 19, no. 2, 2018 ab rahim et al. 80 evaluation of the w-metric routing using rpl protocol in llns rosminazuin ab rahim*, abdallah m. awwad, aisha hasan abdalla and aliza aini md ralib department of electrical and computer engineering, kulliyyah of engineering, international islamic university malaysia, po box 10, 50728 kuala lumpur, malaysia. * corresponding author: rosmi@iium.edu.my (received: 31st march 2017; accepted: 17th oct 2018; published on-line: 1st dec 2018) https://doi.org/10.31436/iiumej.v19.i2.840 abstract: the current de-facto routing protocol over low power and lossy networks (lln) developed by the ietf working group (6lowpan), is named as routing protocol for low power and lossy networks (rpl). rpl in the network layer faces throughput challenges due to the potential large networks, number of nodes, and that multiple coexisting applications will be running in the same physical layer. in this study, a node metric for rpl protocol based on the node’s queue backlogs is introduced, which leads to a better throughput performance while maintaining the delay and the ability to use with different network applications. this metric depends on the length of packet queue of the nodes with the consideration of other link and node metrics, like etx or energy usage, leading to better load balancing in the network. to implement and evaluate the proposed metric compared to other rpl metrics, contikios and cooja simulator are used. extensive simulations have been carried out in a systematic way resulting in a detailed analysis of the introduced metric namely w-metric, expected transmission count (etx) and objective function zero (of0) that uses hop-count as a routing metric. the analysis and comparison are based on five performance parameters, which are throughput, packet delivery ratio (pdr), latency, average queue length, and power consumption. simulation results show that the introduced w-metric has a good performance compared to other rpl metrics with regards to performance parameters mentioned above. at the same time, the results show that its latency performance is comparable with other rpl routing metrics. in a sample simulation of 500 seconds with 25 nodes and with nodes sending packets periodically to the network root at a rate of 1 packet per 4 seconds, wmetric showed a very efficient throughput of 5.16 kbps, an increase of 8.2% compared to etx. results showed that it has a packet delivery ratio of 93.3%, which is higher compared to 83.3% for etx and 74.2% for of0. average queue length of 0.48 packet shows improvement of 15.8% better than etx. in addition, it exhibits an energy consumption of 5.16 mw which is 2.1% less than etx. overall, w-metric appears to be a promising alternative to etx and of0 as it selects routes that are more efficient by working on load balancing of the network and by considering the link characteristics. abstrak: protokol penghalaan de-facto semasa ke atas rangkaian kekuatan rendah dan lossy yang dibangunkan oleh kumpulan kerja ietf (6lowpan), dinamakan protokol penghalaan untuk kekuatan rendah dan rugi (rpl). rpl dalam lapisan rangkaian menghadapi cabaran throughput berikutan jangkaan rangkaian besar, bilangan nod dan aplikasi berganda bersama akan diproses dalam lapisan fizikal yang sama. dalam kajian ini, satu metrik nod untuk protokol rpl berdasarkan pada backend queue node diperkenalkan, yang membawa kepada prestasi yang lebih baik sambil mengekalkan kelewatan dan keupayaan untuk digunakan dengan aplikasi rangkaian yang berbeza. iium engineering journal, vol. 19, no. 2, 2018 ab rahim et al. 81 metrik ini bergantung pada panjang packet queue dari node dengan pertimbangan metrik lain dan nodus lain, seperti etx atau penggunaan tenaga, yang mengarah kepada keseimbangan beban yang lebih baik dalam rangkaian. untuk melaksanakan dan menilai metrik yang dicadangkan berbanding metrik rpl lain, contikios dan cooja simulator telah digunakan. simulasi meluas telah dijalankan dengan cara yang sistematik yang menghasilkan analisis terperinci mengenai metrik yang diperkenalkan iaitu w-metrik, kiraan penghantaran dijangkakan (etx) dan fungsi objektif sifar (of0) yang menggunakan kiraan hop sebagai metrik penghalaan. analisis dan perbandingan adalah berdasarkan lima parameter prestasi, iaitu throughput, nisbah penghantaran paket (pdr), latency, panjang panjang antrian, dan penggunaan kuasa. hasil simulasi menunjukkan bahawa w-metrik yang diperkenalkan mempunyai prestasi yang lebih baik berbanding dengan metrik rpl lain berkaitan dengan parameter prestasi yang dinyatakan di atas. pada masa yang sama, hasil menunjukkan bahawa prestasi latency w-metrik adalah setanding dengan metrik penghalaan rpl yang lain. dalam simulasi sampel 500 saat dengan 25 nod dan dengan nod yang menghantar paket secara berkala ke akar rangkaian pada kadar 1 paket setiap 4 saat, w-metrik menunjukkan keluaran yang sangat efisien iaitu 5.16 kbps, peningkatan sebanyak 8.2% berbanding etx. keputusan menunjukkan bahawa ia mempunyai nisbah penghantaran paket 93.3%, yang lebih tinggi berbanding 83.3% untuk etx dan 74.2% untuk of0. purata panjang giliran 0.48 packet menunjukkan peningkatan 15.8% lebih baik daripada etx. di samping itu, ia mempamerkan penggunaan tenaga sebanyak 5.16 mw iaitu 2.1% kurang daripada etx. secara keseluruhan, w-metrik nampaknya menjadi alternatif yang berpotensi menggantikan etx dan of0 kerana ia memilih laluan yang lebih cekap dengan bekerja pada keseimbangan beban rangkaian dan dengan mempertimbangkan ciri-ciri pautan. keywords: iot; rpl; llns; queue backlog; objective function 1. introduction the internet is increasingly becoming an inevitable part of our lives and recently internet of things (iot) appeared as an important future scenario of the internet application. the number of computing and interconnected devices has grown exponentially within the last 2 decades, and it is expected to grow further. by the end of 2020, it is estimated that the world will have an approximate number of 50 billion connected devices [1-3]. the internet engineering task force (ietf) used the term, low power and lossy networks (llns) to refer to networks of different types of smart devices and sensors. these networks challenges include highly varying link quality, limited device memory, power, and recurrent link outage. in many environments, llns are emerging as a new deployment communication, like smart buildings, industrial automation, and for the majority of the envisioned iot [2]. conventional routing protocols fail to meet the llns requirements due to the mentioned limitations. the ietf working group has identified routing over low power and lossy networks (roll) as a solution for routing in this type of networks under particular deployment scripts. as a result, ipv6 routing protocol for low-power and lossy networks (rpl) is standardized in rfc 6550 to ensure ipv6 packets carried over ieee 802.4 is achievable, as well as to empower the usage of iot over wsn [4]. however, rpl in the network layer meets throughput challenges due to the potential huge network size, various coinciding applications in one physical network and the large amount of information and data created and imparted from the devices. rpl existing implementations mostly use either expected transmission count (etx) or hop-count routing metrics. etx measures the reliability of the link between two nodes. the etx link value expects the number of times to transmit a packet until it is successfully iium engineering journal, vol. 19, no. 2, 2018 ab rahim et al. 82 delivered over that link. the weaker the link connecting two nodes, the higher the etx value and the greater the number of required retransmissions [5]. on the other hand, the objective function that uses hop-count metric calculates the path cost based on the number of hops between the node and the destination. the hop-count metric does not take into consideration the llns characteristics; therefore, it may choose a route that leads to bad throughput performance. in the same way, the etx metric is only concerned with the link loss [6]. researchers introduced a variety of extensions for rpl to tailor to the specific requirements of network applications including three multipath routing mechanisms based on rpl such as fast local repair (flr), energy load balancing (elb), and elb-flr, which is a combination of the first two as reported in [1]. results implied that this mechanism leads to better energy consumption and network lifetime. however, it didn’t lead to the improvement of the throughput performance. another research work used a backpressure routing protocol (backip) as a replacement for rpl routing protocol for data collection applications [7]. this protocol resulted in a better throughput performance, however it led to an increase in the potential end-to-end delay, limited applicability only to many-to-one communication, and a more complicated design compared to rpl. most of the studies related to rpl did not lead to the enhancement of throughput performance in lln networks. another study reported enhanced throughput performance of rpl using a back pressure approach, but simultaneously affecting other performance aspects [8]. the study introduced a routing metric for rpl protocol based on the node’s queue backlogs. the purpose of this metric was to enhance throughput performance of rpl protocol while maintaining the delay and preserving system resources such as the energy consumption. this metric depends on the length of the packet queue of the nodes with the consideration of other link and node metrics, like etx or energy usage, leading to better load balancing in the network. in [9], an investigation on the objective functions and related parameters which influence rpl performance is reported. a set of simulation runs using contiki operating system and cooja simulator is carried out. the rpl performance is evaluated in terms of packet delivery ratio (pdr), latency, energy consumption, and others that showed etx is a better routing metric compared to hop-counts. in this paper, investigation on the introduced routing metric, w-metric, as reported in [8] is compared to other rpl routing metrics like etx and of0: hop-count. this paper presents results of a simulation conducted using contikios and cooja simulator in terms of throughput, packet delivery ratio (pdr), latency, and power consumption. 2. background 2.1 determining routing protocol for low power and lossy network for ipv6 rpl builds and keeps up the network as a directed acyclic graph (dag), which can be isolated into many destination-oriented dags (dodags) [5]. rpl uses dodag information object (dio) control messages for the configuration process, support nodes to join the dodag, and then for parents’ selection. exchanging dodag information between nodes begins as soon as the rpl network starts through dio control messages. dag metric container defined in [5] used to carry needed routing constraints and metrics. iium engineering journal, vol. 19, no. 2, 2018 ab rahim et al. 83 these metrics and constraints are used to determine the best path using the objective function (of). once the neighboring node receives a dio message, the rank is computed based on its parent’s rank and the cost to reach that parent. for the parent selection process, it is essential to choose an arrangement of the routing metrics that will influence routing choice for different dodags that is called an objective function (of). an of characterizes an arrangement of functions to compute rank, which is the relative separation of one node towards the root, and in addition to contrast neighbors with respect to the rank [6]. after receiving the dio message, the node joins the dag before sending the needed information such as dag-id, rank, routing metric, and of to its neighbors. hence, the rest of the nodes will join the dag after computing their ranks. this operation continues until the last node in the topology has computed its rank and joins the dag. path cost is a scalar value calculated as a function of the node or link characteristics through the end-to-end route from node toward the root [5]. when etx is used as a routing metric in rpl, then the path cost for node n towards dodag root(𝑃𝑎𝑡ℎ_𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡(𝑖)) can be calculated as in eq. (1) and eq. (2) 𝑃𝑎𝑡ℎ_𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡(𝑖) = 𝑅𝑎𝑛𝑘(𝑗) + 𝑅𝑎𝑛𝑘_𝑖𝑛𝑐𝑟𝑒𝑎𝑠𝑒 (1) 𝑅𝑎𝑛𝑘_𝑖𝑛𝑐𝑟𝑒𝑎𝑠𝑒 = etx𝑖→𝑗 ∗ 𝑀𝑖𝑛𝐻𝑜𝑝𝑅𝑎𝑛𝑘𝐼𝑛𝑐𝑟𝑒𝑎𝑠𝑒 (2) with 𝑗 as the preferred parent of 𝑖 and 𝑀𝑖𝑛𝐻𝑜𝑝𝑅𝑎𝑛𝑘𝐼𝑛𝑐𝑟𝑒𝑎𝑠𝑒 as a constant value. on the other hand, when the hop-count metric is used in the objective function, the path cost is equal to the number of hops from the node toward the root [6]. then, the path cost for node n (𝑃𝑎𝑡ℎ_𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡(𝑖)) can be calculated as in eq. (3) with 𝑖𝑛𝑐𝑟𝑒𝑚𝑒𝑛𝑡 as a constant value. 𝑃𝑎𝑡ℎ_𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡(𝑖) = 𝑅𝑎𝑛𝑘(𝑗) + 𝑖𝑛𝑐𝑟𝑒𝑚𝑒𝑛𝑡 (3) 2.2 queue backlog w-metric for rpl the motivation for this work is to define a routing metric that allows rpl to increase total network throughput and to achieve a better load balancing between nodes based on queue-backlogs. the queue-backlog 𝑄𝑖→𝑗 is the queue length of the neighboring’s queue in node 𝑖 that holds packets to be forwarded to its neighbor, node 𝑗. the general equation for calculating the weight of each link from a node to other nodes is described in eq. (4) [8]. 𝑊𝑖,𝑗 = 𝑥. 𝑄𝑖→𝑗 + 𝜃𝑖→𝑗 (4) where 𝜃𝑖→𝑗 is the corresponding cost of using the link (𝑖 → 𝑗), and 𝑥 is a constant parameter for penalty minimization by trading system queue occupancy. the queue length, 𝑄𝑖 is computed at each node. w-metric value will be recalculated as a moving average value as in eq. (5) whenever the queue length value or the used metric changes. 𝑊𝑖→𝑗 = 𝑝 ∗ 𝑊𝑖→𝑗 ^ + (1 − 𝑝) ∗ 𝑊𝑖→𝑗 (5) where p is a constant factor larger than zero and less than one and 𝑊𝑖→𝑗 ^ is the new value of 𝑊𝑖→𝑗, then update the metric container with the new value. rpl is set to calculate node rank based on the w-metric. on a path between a node 𝑉 and the root, w-metric is the summation of w-metric on each node along the path as in eq. (6). 𝑊𝑉,𝑇 = ∑ 𝑊𝑖→𝑗𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑎𝑙𝑙 𝑛𝑜𝑑𝑒𝑠 𝑡ℎ𝑟𝑜𝑢𝑔ℎ (𝑉,𝑇)𝑃𝑎𝑡ℎ (6) iium engineering journal, vol. 19, no. 2, 2018 ab rahim et al. 84 as a result, to route the packets from a node to the dodag root, a path with minimum wmetric value is selected. the usage of etx with w-metric leads to the calculation of the weight wi,j of the link 𝑖 → 𝑗 by a node 𝑖 towards a neighbor 𝑗 as follows in eq. (7): 𝑊𝑖,𝑗 = 𝑥 𝑄𝑖→𝑗 + 𝐸𝑇𝑋𝑖→𝑗 (7) 6. simulation setup in order to analyze and evaluate the performance of the introduced routing metric in comparison to other rpl routing metrics, a range of configuration settings have been considered. for this simulation, contikios and cooja simulators are used. a network topology consists of 25 tmote-sky nodes, which are the sensors sensing different aspects of the environment. nodes are randomly positioned in an area defined in fig. 1, with each grid square equal to 10 𝑚2. node 1 works as a sink (the root of the dodag) and the other 24 nodes as senders of upstream data packets periodically to the sink node. the total packet size of 120 bytes with transmitted power of zero dbm (or 31-contiki power level parameter) is identified. fig. 1: network topology used in simulation. for measuring the simulation time and the simulation stop time (after a certain needed time), a cooja plug-in feature, known as contiki test editor, is utilized. this feature creates a log file containing the output of all simulations and can be used for data analysis. for the purpose of introducing attenuation (greater “lossiness”) for the wireless medium with respect to the nodes relative distances, the cooja unit disk graph medium (udgm) is used. the udgm uses two range parameters for transmission range as well as for interference range with other radios. in addition, it defines another two parameters, which are successratio tx to model the loss at the sender and receiver-ratio rx to model the loss at the receiver side. the value of transmission ratio tx and reception ratio rx was set to lossfree (equal to 1). on the other hand, the transmission ratio tx was set as loss free to 100% with the reception ratio rx set to 90% for another set of simulations in order to model packet loss at the receiver side in the network. the operation mode of rpl is set to no-downward-traffic as the evaluation process of this study is only interested in using the multipoint-to-point communication. the iium engineering journal, vol. 19, no. 2, 2018 ab rahim et al. 85 interference range is set to 120 m and the transmission range is set to 100 m. for different iterations of the proposed simulation tests, different values for the send interval are used in order to study the network throughput at different traffic levels and densities. table 1 presents the values of different network parameters used for this network topology and its set of simulations. table 1: simulation parameters parameter value transmitting power 0 dbm tx ratio 100% rx ratio 90%,100% transmission range 100 m interference range 120 m x factor for w-metric 1 p factor for w-metric 0.8 sending interval 4, 6 and 10 sec max_neighbor_queues 3 queuebuf_conf_num 8 client nodes 24 nodes simulation time 500 c 4. simulation results 4.1 network throughput throughput is the total data received at the root except duplicates and control packets to trace the throughput of all traffic flows. figure 2 shows network throughput at the root for w-metric as compared to etx and of0 for a send rate λ equal to 1 packet per 4 seconds. both transmission ratio tx and reception ratio rx are set to 100%. for simulation results presented in fig. 3, tx=100% and rx= 90% with a send rate of 1 packet per 4 seconds is used. figure 4 shows throughput for a simulation runs with tx=rx=100% and send rate of 1 packet per 10 seconds is considered. table 2 shows the average throughput of the network at the sink. from the mentioned figures and table, it is noted that w-metric has a better throughput performance compared to both of etx and of0 for different sending rates. the advantage of w-metrix over of0 is higher than that over etx. at lower sending rates throughput performance of the three metrics are very similar, however, as the sending rate increases, throughput difference also increases. table 2: send rate vs. average throughput per second (measured in kbps) setting w-metric (kbps) etx (kbps) of0 (kbps) send rate: 1 packet per 10 sec 2.147 2.140 2.140 send rate: 1 packet per 6 sec 3.390 3.300 3.310 send rate: 1 packet per 4 sec 5.160 4.770 4.290 send rate: 1 packet per 4 sec (lossy network) 4.900 4.480 3.900 iium engineering journal, vol. 19, no. 2, 2018 ab rahim et al. 86 fig. 2: throughput of w-metric vs. etx vs. of0 at send rate of 1 packet per 4 sec. fig. 3: throughput of w-metric vs. etx vs. of0 at send rate of 1 packet per 4 sec (lossy). fig. 4: throughput of w-metric vs. etx vs. of0 at send rate of 1 packet per 10 sec. 4.2 packet delivery ratio the second performance evaluation metric is packet delivery ratio (pdr) which refers to the percentage of the number of packets successfully received at the root to the total number of packets sent from all the nodes. from table 3, w-metric has a packet delivery ratio that is slightly better than etx and of0 ratio at low send rate. however, it shows more improvement for higher send rates. on the other hand, etx also shows a better performance compared to of0. this proves the efficiency of w-metric compared to other rpl metrics. iium engineering journal, vol. 19, no. 2, 2018 ab rahim et al. 87 the better performance of w-metric regarding pdr also refers to better load balancing and better route options. table 3: send rate vs. packet delivery ratio setting w-metric etx of0 send rate: 1 packet per 10 sec 99.97% 99.96% 99.96% send rate: 1 packet per 6 sec 98.80% 96.50% 97.10% send rate: 1 packet per 4 sec 93.30% 88.50% 80.50% send rate: 1 packet per 4 sec (lossy network) 88.60% 83.20% 72.00% 4.3 power consumption power consumption is considered to be one of the essential aspects of llns performance, as these devices need to work for years with limited power. for power consumption analysis, powertrace system is used. powertrace is a mechanism provided by contiki software for calculating the power consumption of low power wireless networks. as shown in table 4, w-metric has an advantage over both of etx and of0 for higher send rate. on the other hand, on lower and medium range rates, of0 shows a slightly better performance compared to w-metric and etx. however, of0 has the worst power consumption at high send rates due to higher number of retransmissions and the highly congested routes. because of the lossy nature of llns, the link quality changes frequently leading to frequent change in etx for the path. w-metric and etx can precisely reflect the link condition as both consider the path etx. on the other hand, of0 in path selection process does not consider the path etx as it only concerns on selecting the shortest path. consequently, the nodes will encounter more packet retransmissions, which results in more energy consumption. table 4: send rate vs. average power consumption (measured in mw) setting w-metric (mw) etx (mw) of0 (mw) send rate: 1 packet per 10 sec 2.164 2.282 2.057 send rate: 1 packet per 6 sec 3.264 3.268 3.139 send rate: 1 packet per 4 sec 5.162 5.276 5.494 send rate: 1 packet per 4 sec (lossy network) 6.009 6.370 6.713 4.4 delay performance the fourth performance metric evaluation is packet latency or end-to-end delay. the latency is defined as the total amount of time a packet needs to be transferred from the source node to the destination. latency is calculated as the average of all the packet latencies in the network from all nodes. figure 5 represents the cumulative distribution function (cdf) of the packets latency for the three metrics. it is noted that w-metric and etx have a similar latency performance and that both have a much better performance compared to of0. this is related to the fact that w-metric and etx considers the details of the link level when compute the best routes, while of0 only concerns about the hop-count separates the node and the root. table 5: send rate vs. average of maximum inter packet time iium engineering journal, vol. 19, no. 2, 2018 ab rahim et al. 88 setting w-metric etx of0 average latency 2.89 sec 3.37 sec 5.46 sec send rate: 1 packet per 6 sec 3.264 3.268 3.139 fig. 5: cdf of the three routing metrics latencies. 5. conclusion in this paper, w-metric performance is evaluated using cooja simulator with contikios. the two objective functions in contikios, which use etx and of0 (hopcount), have been used for benchmarking. overall, w-metric shows a good performance compared to etx and of0. w-metric works on selecting more efficient routes by balancing the load of the network and taking into consideration the link characteristics, which leads to better throughput, pdr, and network latency. for power consumption, w-metric at high send rates had the best consumption resulting from selecting paths that lead to less radio collisions and re-transmissions through the network. on the other hand, of0 showed the best performance regarding power consumption in low and medium range send rates. for more enhancements on the w-metric, the suggested aspects in the next session can be investigated. there are many other aspects of w-metric design and performance need to be investigated as a future study. firstly, the context of this paper was limited to fixed nodes, but with mobile nodes, issues such as latency, pdr, and energy consumption become harder to optimize, making many aspects of routing in llns more difficult to manage. usual solutions for mobility depend on how frequently the routing information is updated; this is an important factor for llns that are limited in resources. hence, evaluation of w-metric on mobile nodes may offer valuable suggestions for more enhancements on this metric. secondly, memory utilization and routing table sizes are substantial parameters that need to be studied to be used with w-metric for further enhancements. acknowledgement the authors would like to acknowledge the support from the international islamic university malaysia and the ministry of higher education, malaysia, for the financial support in the form of a grant (research initiative grant scheme: rigs 16-083-0247). iium engineering journal, vol. 19, no. 2, 2018 ab rahim et al. 89 references [1] wang qh, kalantar-zadeh k, kis a, coleman jn, strano ms. (2012) electronics and optoelectronics of two-dimensional transition metal dichalcogenides. nature nanotechnology, 7(11):699-712. [2] passler r. (2001) dispersion-related assessments of temperature dependences for the fundamental band gap of hexagonal gan. j. applied physics, 90(8):3956-3964. [3] walukiewicz w, li sx, wu j, yu km, ager jw, haller ee, lu h, schaff wj. (2004) optical properties and electronic structure of inn and in-rich group iii-nitride alloys. j. crystal growth, 269:119-127. [4] cui k, fathololoumi s, kibria mg, botton ga, mi z. (2012) molecular beam epitaxial growth and characterization of catalyst-free inn/inxga1-xn core/shell nanowire heterostructures on si (111) substrates. nanotechnology, 23(8):085205. [5] incropera fp, dewitt dp, bergman tl, lavine as. (2011) introduction to heat transfer, 7th ed. [6] bejan a, kraus a. (2003) heat transfer handbook, usa. [7] the contiki operating system. available: http://www.contiki-os.org/index.html. [8] nori s, deora s, krishnamachari b. (2014) backip : backpressure routing in ipv6-based wireless sensor networks. usc ceng technical report ceng-2014-01. [9] sheng z, yang y, yu y, vasilakos a, mccann j, leung k. (2013) a survey on the ietf protocol suite for the internet of things: standards, challenges, and opportunities. ieee wireless communication, 20(6):91–98. http://www.contiki-os.org/index.html 299 iium engineering journal, vol. 13 no. 1, 2012 mohamed safri et al. 97 process modelling and debottlenecking study of a vaccine production nurul huda mohamed safri 1 , maizirwan mel 1 , dominic c.y. foo 2 , denny k.s. ng 2 and irene m.l. chew 3 1 bioprocess and molecular engineering research unit, department of biotechnology engineering, kulliyah of engineering, international islamic university malaysia, p.o. box 10, 50728 kuala lumpur, malaysia. 2 department of chemical and environmental engineering, university of nottingham malaysia, jalan broga, 43500 semenyih, selangor, malaysia 3 school of engineering, monash university sunway campus, jalan lagoon selatan, 46150 bandar sunway, selangor, malaysia. maizirwan@iium.edu.my abstract: the main objective of this research work was to model and optimise the production of a locally-developed infectious coryza (ic) vaccine. the simulation work was performed using a commercially available batch process simulator superpro designer v5.5. six debottlenecking schemes were analysed using throughput analysis and cost to benefit ratio (cbr) when the annual production was set to increase by 100%. based on the economic analysis, the selected debottlenecking scheme has an annual predicted revenue of usd 240 million, with a gross margin of 9.13% and a return on investment (roi) of 46.12%. in addition, the payback period of the selected scheme is estimated to be within three years. abstrak: objektif utama dalam penyelidikan ini adalah untuk memodelkan dan mengoptimumkan hasil pembuatan vaksin tempatan coryza berjangkit. kerja simulasi ini dijalankan menggunakan alat simulasi super pro designer v5.5. sebanyak enam (6) skema khusus diujikaji menggunakan analisis pemprosesan dan kos kepada nisbah faedah (cbr) apabila pembuatan tahunan meningkat kepada 100%. berdasarkan analisis ekonomi yang telah dilakukan, sesuatu skema khusus yang dipilih mempunyai keuntungan sebanyak usd 240 juta dengan margin kasar 9.13% dan pulangan atas pelaburan (roi) sebanyak 46.12%. selain itu juga, tempoh pembayaran balik bagi skema yang dipilih dianggarkan dalam tempoh tiga(3) tahun. keywords: process simulation; modelling; debottlenecking; optimisation 1. introduction malaysia is one of the countries with the highest chicken consumption per capita in the world at 32 kg. some of the reasons for high chicken consumption are that chicken consumption is not against dietary prohibition or religious restrictions and chicken meat is a very low cost meat source in the country malaysia poultry and products annual 2006, 2006). therefore, the poultry industry in malaysia has grown from a backyard-type operation into a commercialised system in last 30 years. due to the rapid grow of the poultry industry, the poultry diseases has poses a threat to the viability and productivity of poultry farming. iium engineering journal, vol. 13 no. 1, 2012 mohamed safri et al. 98 infectious coryza (ic) disease is identified as one of the curses in the poultry industry worldwide [1]. ic is an acute respiratory disease of chickens which is caused by the bacterium known as haemophilus paragallinarum (hpg) [2]. chickens of all ages are susceptible to this type of disease. once the chickens are infected by this disease, the chickens get swollen eyes and nose, foul smelling discharges and sneezing. besides, the chickens’ feed and water intake are reduced significantly which eventually leads to weight lost and lower production of egg [3]. in order to prevent this disease, the breeders in malaysia normally administer vaccine which is imported from usa or japan to the chickens [3]. however, the imported vaccines do not cure the infected chickens because the emergence of variant local strains of hpg in the flocks [4]. in addition, the genetic makeup of local hpg strains is different from the standard hpg strains in the imported vaccines [5]. hence, producing ic vaccine from the local hpg strains is a better option to alleviate the ic disease problems in malaysia [6]. with an effective local-made ic vaccine, the dependency of malaysian breeders on the imported vaccines will be reduced. process modelling and simulation in pharmaceutical industries functions as methodologies and tools that can be used to evaluate alternatives and speed up the development effort which may immensely impact on the bottom line [7]. with the given production capacity, modeling and simulation tool such as superpro designer can be used to design and predict the feasibility of different production schemes [8]. for instance, kumaresan et al. presented an approach to model and optimise tongkat ali extract process via superpro designer [8]. based on the study, a base case was first generated on the overall process and then debottlenecking strategies were proposed [8]. besides that, detail economic analysis was also conducted. based on the similar approach, modelling of ic vaccine production using the batch process simulation tool superpro designer v5.5 is presented in this work. due to the production capacity is limited by the current operating condition and equipment setup, debottlenecking study is performed to increase in annual production. preliminary economic analysis is preformed to compare the debottlenecking schemes. figure 1 shows the process flowsheet for a typical ic vaccine production designed with superpro designer v5.5. the specifications for the major equipments used in the ic vaccine production are shown in table 1. in order to produce ic vaccine through fermentation process, the bacteria hpg is first prepared and transferred from a freezer (80°c) into a sterilized shake flask (p-1/sfr-101) contains media (nutrient and water). note that the preparation of hpg bacteria is excluded in this work. after 10 hours of prefermentation, the cultures were transferred to a 3 l seed fermentor (v-101), followed by a 30 l fermentor (v-103) and 300 l fermentor (v-104)., where the fermentation process is continued (see fig. 1). it is worth mentioning that the media for the fermentation processes was pre-prepared in a media blending tank (v-102), and sterilized (in p-4 and p-6/st-101) before it was transferred to the fermentors (v-103 and v-104) with the feed ratio of ten folds of the cultures feed. iium engineering journal, vol. 13 no. 1, 2012 mohamed safri et al. 99 2. infectious coryza (ic) vaccine production p-1 / sfr-101 300 ml inoculation p-2 / v-101 3 l fermentation w ater 1 hpg 1 w ater 2 nutrient 1 nutrient 2 p-5 / v-103 30 l fermentation p-7 / v-104 300 l fermentation p-3 / v-102 media blending tank w ater nutrient p-6 / st-101 heat sterilization p-4 / st-101 heat sterilization media p-7 media p-5 p-5 media p-7 media 3 l hpg 30 l hpg 300 ml hpg bacteria fermentation p-8 / ds-101 centrifugation 300 l hpg recovery and purification packaging vent out 1 vent out 2 vent out 3 vent out 4 media p-9 / v-105 kill tank pbs thimerosal cell paste p-11 / v-106 reactor tank alum10% p-12 / hg-101 homogenization antigen+adjuvan p-13 / v-107 storage vessel mixture p-14 / fl-101 filling vial vaccine product p-10 / mf-101 microfiltration inactive hpg filtrate concentrate fig. 1 process flowsheet of ic vaccine production (base case). table 1: major equipment specification for ic vaccine production. quantity procedure/ equipment specification fermentation section 1 p-1/sfr-101 volume = 500 ml 1 p-2/v-101 volume = 5 l 1 p-3/v-102 volume = 330 l 1 p-4/st-101 rated throughput of 1080 l/h (calculated based on design mode) 1 p-5/v-103 volume = 50 l 1 p-6/st-101 rated throughput of 1080 l/h (calculated based on design mode) 1 p-7/v-104 volume = 500 l recovery and purification section 1 p-8/ds-101 based on sigma factor 39627.55 m 2 (calculated based on design mode) 1 p-9/v-105 volume = 107.88 l (calculated based on design mode) 1 p-10/mf-101 0.45 µ m membrane pore size 1 p-11/v-106 volume = 77.96 l (calculated based on design mode) 1 p-12/hg-101 pumping efficiency of 70 % packaging section 1 p-13/v-107 volume = 77.94 l (calculated based on design mode) 1 p-14/fl-101 3000 entities/h (calculated based on design mode) iium engineering journal, vol. 13 no. 1, 2012 mohamed safri et al. 100 after the fermentation process, the cultures were harvested using a centrifuge (ds-101) and transferred to a kill tank (v-105) where the cultures were deactivated by adding thimerosal and phosphate buffer saline (pbs) [10]. next, the cultures were further concentrated by passing it through a microfiltration membrane (mf-101) with pore size of 0.45 µ m and 99.7% removal efficiency, before it was being transferred to a reactor tank (v-106) [11]. alum 10%, which acts as an adjuvant, was used an aid to the vaccine [12]. the adjuvant and antigen were homogenized in a homogenizer (hg-101) to ensure the same size particles. the mixture from the homogenizer was the final product and it was stored in a storage vessel (v-107) before it was sent for packing in filling machine (fl101).tables 2 and 3 summarise the process scheduling (sut: setup time; pt: process time; st: start time) for each unit operation and the details of the raw materials (amount; price) in the ic vaccine production. 3. bottleneck identification strategies based on the given information (tables 1 – 3) and flowsheet in fig.1, the process simulation of the based case is solved. the capital investment of the base case and the cost of production per unit are estimated as $18 million and $104.91, respectively. based on the selling of $115 per unit, the annual revenue is computed as $123 million with 2.51 years of payback period. table 2: scheduling summary for operations and procedures in the base case model. procedure/ equipment operation sut (mins) pt st p-1/sfr-101 charge nutrient 1 5 mins beginning of batch charge water 1 3 mins after nutrient 1 charge agitation 5 mins after water 1 charge charge hpg 1 3 mins after agitation fermentation 10 hours after hpg 1 charge transfer out 300 ml hpg to p-2 3 mins after fermentation p-2/v-101 charge nutrient 2 5 mins after 12 hours of batch operation charge water 2 3 mins after nutrient 2 charge agitation 8.4 mins after water 2 charge transfer in 300 ml hpg from p-1 master-slave with p-1 transfer out 300 ml hpg starts with transfer 300 ml in p-1 (to p-2) fermentation 6 hours after transfer in 300 ml hpg from p-1 transfer out 3 l hpg to p-5 3 mins after fermentation cip 15 mins after transfer out to p-3 iium engineering journal, vol. 13 no. 1, 2012 mohamed safri et al. 101 table 3 (continued): scheduling summary for operations and procedures in the base case model. procedure/ equipment operation sut (mins) pt st p-3/v-102 charge nutrient 20 calculated based on 600 l/h volumetric flowrate after 14.3 hours of batch operation charge water 20 calculated based on 600 l/h volumetric flowrate after charge nutrient agitation 10 mins after charge water transfer out media p-5 to p-4 20 calculated based on 600 l/h volumetric flowrate after agitation store 4.66 hours after transfer out media p-5 transfer out media p-7 to p-6 20 calculated based on 600 l/h volumetric flowrate after store cip 15 mins after transfer out media p-7 p-4/st-101 sterilize 15 mins starts with transfer out media p-5 in p-3 (to p-4) p-5/v-103 transfer in media p-5 from p-4 20 calculated based on 600 l/h volumetric flowrate after sterilize in p-4 transfer in 3 l hpg from p-2 master slave with p-2 transfer out 3 l hpg starts with transfer out 3 l hpg in p-2 (to p-5) fermentation 5 hours after transfer in 3 l hpg transfer out 30 l hpg to p-7 20 calculated based on 600 l/h volumetric flowrate after fermentation cip 15 mins after transfer out 30 l hpg p-6/st-101 sterilize 15 mins starts with transfer out media p-7 in p-3 (to p-6) p-7/v-104 transfer in media p-7 from p-6 20 calculated based on 600 l/h volumetric flowrate after sterilize in p-6 transfer in 30 l hpg from p-5 master slave with p-5 transfer out 30 l hpg starts with transfer out 30 l hpg in p-5 (to p-7) fermentation 4.5 hours after transfer in 30 l hpg transfer out broth to p8 master slave with p-8 centrifuge after fermentation cip 15 mins after transfer out broth iium engineering journal, vol. 13 no. 1, 2012 mohamed safri et al. 102 table 4 (continued): scheduling summary for operations and procedures in the base case model. procedure/ equipment operation sut (mins) pt st p-8/ds-101 centrifuge 60 mins starts with transfer out broth in p-7 (to p-8) cip 15 mins after centrifuge p-9/v-105 transfer in cell paste from p-8 master slave with p-8 centrifuge starts with centrifuge in p-8 charge pbs calculated based on 600 l/h flow rate after transfer in cell paste agitation 10 mins after charge pbs charge thimerosal calculated based on 600 l/h flow rate after agitation agitation 15 mins after charge thimerosal transfer out inactive hpg to p-10 20 calculated based on 600 l/h flow rate after agitation cip 15 mins after transfer out inactive hpg to p-10 p-10/mf-101 filtration 120 mins starts with transfer out inactive hpg in p-9 (to p10) cip 15 mins after filtration p-11/v-106 transfer in concentrate from p-10 20 master slave with p-10 filtration starts with filtration in p10 charge alum10% calculated based on 600 l/h flow rate after transfer in concentrate agitation 15 mins after charge alum10% transfer out antigen+adjuvant to p12 20 calculated based on 600 l/h flow rate after agitation cip 15 mins after transfer out antigen+adjuvant p-12/hg-101 homogenize 30 mins starts with transfer out product antigen+adjuvant in p-11 (to p-12) cip 15 mins after homogenize p-13/v-107 transfer in mixture from p-12 20 calculated based on 600 l/h flow rate starts with homogenize in p-12 transfer out product to p-13 20 calculated based on 600 l/h flow rate after transfer in mixture cip 15 mins after transfer out product p-14/fl-101 filling (fill level: 50 ml/bottle) 20 master slave with p-13 transfer out product starts with transfer out product in p-13 (to p-14) (sut: setup time; pt: process time; st: start time) iium engineering journal, vol. 13 no. 1, 2012 mohamed safri et al. 103 table 5: raw materials used in a single batch raw materials symbol approximation amount (kg/batch) price (usd/kg) aluminum hydroxide alum10% aluminum oxide 7.867 2.00 chicken serum chicken serum protein 8.481 207.15 glucose glucose glucose 50.886 25.14 haemophillusparagallinarum hpg biomass 0.032 0.00 disodium hydrogen phosphate na2hpo4 sodium hydrogen phosphate 25.443 85.14 nadh nadh protein 1.696 75,000.00 phosphate buffer saline pbs sodium chloride 38.701 14.29 peptone peptone protein 50.886 128.00 sodium chloride sodium chloride sodium chloride 32.228 8.57 thimerosal thimerosal ethyl benzene 0.013 10.17 water water water 7,318.739 0.02 as the increase of the demand of ic, the management decided to increase the production capacity by 100%. therefore, the current process is facing difficulties to meet the requirement. in order to overcome the problem, the process bottleneck is first identified. based on the set target, throughput analysis is first performed to identify the process bottlenecks, i.e. scheduling or size bottlenecks. generally, bottleneck could be caused by the limitation of equipment or resources such as utilities, labor and raw materials supply. based on the identified bottleneck, different debottlenecking schemes are proposed, and economic analysis is carried out for selection of the scheme with highest cbr. note that cbr is defined as the ratio of extra benefit to the extra cost as shown in equation (1) [7]. ��� � ���� �� ���� ���� � ��� � ���� (1) in order to increase the annual process throughput to 100%, three strategies are considered, i.e. increase of batch size (the amount of product produced per batch of operation), increase number of batches or increase of both batch size and number of batches. according to petrides et al., the scheduling bottleneck can be identified by tracking the total time consumed by each equipment within its cycle time [7]. the equipment with the longest cycle time is identified as the scheduling bottleneck, and this bottleneck will determine the maximum number of batches [12]. on the other hand, the size bottleneck of a process can be determined by calculating the capacity utilisation, uptime and combined utilisation of the various processing steps such as fermentation, centrifugation and filtration [10]. capacity utilisation of equipment is referred to the fraction of equipment capacity that is used during an operation. meanwhile, uptime is defined as ratio of equipment’s occupancy time over the plant cycle time. combined utilisation is the product of the capacity used and the uptime. this parameter clearly shows the time and capacity of particular equipment that is being used over the process. iium engineering journal, vol. 13 no. 1, 2012 mohamed safri et al. 104 fig. 2 the operation gantt chart (base case). figure 2 shows the operation gantt chart of the base case. as shown in fig. 2, it is noted that shake flask (sfr-101) is identified as the scheduling bottleneck due to its longest occupancy (10 hours) as compare to the other equipment. the next step is to identify the debottlenecking schemes as shown in the following section. 4. debottlenecking schemes to increase production after process bottleneck is identified, six debottlenecking schemes are proposed to increase the annual production of ic vaccine to 100%. as presented previously, shake flask (sfr-101) is identified as the scheduling bottleneck; hence, in order to increase the annual production, debottlenecking strategies should target to reduce the fermentation time in the shake flask. in order to reduce the fermentation time of shake flask (sfr-101), another set of 300 ml shake flask (sfr-102) that staggered the operation is considered. by staggering the shake flask the overall cycle time of shake flask is reduced by half. in this scheme (scheme 1), the annual throughput increased 39.48% as compared to the base case (1067 batches per year), while the cbr value is calculated at 0.74. this scheme provides a good debottlenecking alternative as the cost of shake flask is very low compared with the overall capital investment. since the annual throughput is only increased by 39.48%, the process needs to be further debottlenecked in order to achieve the targeted 100% increment. throughput analysis is next carried out for scheme 2, media bleeding tank (p3/v-102) is identified as the next scheduling bottleneck. hence, an additional media blending tank that operates in staggered mode is added. the annual throughput of this scheme is increased to 1136 batches, i.e. 48.5% increment from the base case. meanwhile, the cbr is determined as 0.77 which is slightly higher than scheme 1. iium engineering journal, vol. 13 no. 1, 2012 mohamed safri et al. 105 the throughput analysis is repeated on scheme 2 to generate scheme 3. in scheme 3 an additional 5 l fermentor (v-109) is added to operate in staggered mode with the current fermentor (v-101), after schemes 1 and 2 are considered. the annual throughput of this scheme is increased to 1141 batches, i.e. 49.2% increment from the base case. note that, the annual number of batches does not increase much as compare with scheme 2. meanwhile, the cbr of this scheme is same as scheme 2. thus, this scheme is not as attractive as compared to scheme 2. in scheme 4, throughput analysis reveals that the 500 l fermentor (v-104) emerges as the new process bottleneck due to its longest occupancy time due to its master slave relationship with centrifugation process and its long fermentation time. hence, an extra set of 500 l fermentor is added. based on the simulated result, the annual throughput for this scheme is increased to 1223 batches or 59.9% increment, and the cbr of this scheme is determined as 0.79. the 50 l fementor (v-103) is next identified as the new process bottleneck for scheme 4. in order to eliminate this process bottleneck, an additional 50 l fermentor is installed (scheme 5). the simulated result shows that the number of batches tremendously increased to 1492 and 95.03% increment from the base case, and the cbr is calculated as 0.86. it is worth noting that the cbr for scheme 5 is the highest cbr among all five debottleneck schemes. however, its annual production is yet to reach to 100%. bacteria fermentation p-1 / sfr-101 300 ml inoculation p-2 / v-101 3 l fermentation water 1 hpg 1 water 2 nutrient 1 nutrient 2 p-5 / v-103 30 l fermentation p-7 / v-104 300 l fermentation p-3 / v-102 media blending tank water nutrient p-6 / st-101 heat sterilization p-4 / st-101 heat sterilization media p-7 p-5 media p-7 media 30 l hpg (5) p-8 / ds-101 centrifugation 300 l hpg recovery and purification packaging vent out 1 vent out 2 vent out 3 vent out 4 media p-9 / v-105 kill tank pbs thimerosal cell paste p-11 / v-106 reactor tank alum10% p-12 / hg-101 homogenization antigen+adjuvan p-13 / v-107 storage vessel mixture p-14 / fl-101 filling vial vaccine product p-10 / mf-101 microfiltration inactive hpg filtrate concentrate p-1a / sfr-102 new shake flask nutrient 1a water 1a hpg 1a 300 ml hpg (1) p-2a / v-108 new 5 l fermentor nutrient 2a water 2a300 ml hpg (1a) 3 l hpg (2) p-3a / v-109 new media blending tank nutrient a water a p-5a / v-110 new 50 l fermentor p-7a / v-111 new 500 l fermentor p-6a / st-102 new heat sterilization p-4a / st-103 new heat sterilization s-101 p-7a media s-103 p-5a media s-105 s-106 30 l hpg (5a) fig. 3 debottlenecking scheme 6. scheme 6 is introduced where an additional heat steriliser is installed (see fig. 3). this equipment is operated in staggered mode with the existing heat steriliser. the annual throughput increases to 1530 batches from 765 batches in the base case. note that 100% increment of annual production is achieved. even though the cbr value for scheme 6 is computed as 0.85, which is slightly lower than that in scheme 5, this scheme fulfils the iium engineering journal, vol. 13 no. 1, 2012 mohamed safri et al. 106 objective of the debottlenecking study. the debottlenecking process is a continuous process as there is always a limitation of equipment for the overall production. after completing scheme 6, it is found that shake flask (p1/sfr-101) is once again becomes the new process bottleneck as it is now the longest process that limits the process cycle time. although debottlenecking is a continuous process, it stops when the scheme that achieves the company's target is achieved. for instance, in this case study, debottlenecking is stopped at scheme 6 as it met the 100% production rise as compared to the base case. table 4 shows the summary of all debottlenecking schemes as well as the base case. table 6: economic comparison of the base case study and debottlenecking strategy scenario % production increase (annual batches) annual throughput (vials) cost of investment ($) annual operating cost ($) annual revenue ($) unit production cost ($/vial) cbr base case 0 % (765) 1,074,395.354 18,202,250 112,710,857 123,555,466 104.9063 scheme 1 39.5% (1067) 1,498,535.742 22,184,430 156,633,492 172,331,610 104.5244 0.74 scheme 2 48.5% (1136) 1,595,441.990 23,429,706 166,728,627 183,475,829 104.5031 0.77 scheme 3 49.2 % (1141) 1,602,464.182 23,761,950 167,502,583 184,283,381 104.5281 0.77 scheme 4 59.9% (1223) 1,717,628.128 26,573,045 179,740,333 197,527,235 104.6445 0.79 scheme 5 95.0% (1492) 2,095,422.050 30,785,330 218,980,377 240,973,546 104.5042 0.86 scheme 6 100% (1530) 2,148,790.708 32,938,306 224,803,395 247,110,931 104.6186 0.85 5. conclusion in this work, process simulation tool is used to model and simulate the ic vaccine production. six debottleneck strategies are developed to increase the annual production to 100%. in this case study, scheme 6 is chosen as the best scheme to debottleneck the process because it fulfills the debottlecking objective, and with reasonable high cbr values. to further increase the profit of ic vaccine production, the company may consider producing their own chicken serum (due to its high cost) instead of sourcing from external supplier. references [1] rajurkar, gayatri, ashish roy, and mahendra mohan yadav. “an overview on epidemiologic investigations of infectious coryza.” veterinary world 2.10 (2009): 401403. [2] blackall, p. j., m. matsumoto, & r. yamamoto. “diseases of poultry.” lowa state: university press, (1997). [3] z “characterisation of haemophilus paragallinarum isolated in malaysia” j. vet. malaysia 3(1); 25-30. 3.1 (1991): 25-30. [4] blackall, p. j., l. e. eaves, & g. aus. “serotyping of haemophilus paragallinarumby the page scheme: comparison of the use of agglutination and hemagglutination-inhibition tests. “. avian diseases (1990): 643-45. [5] blackall, p. j. “infectious coryza: overview of the disease and new diagnostic options.” iium engineering journal, vol. 13 no. 1, 2012 mohamed safri et al. 107 clinical microbiology reviews. 12.4 (1999): 627-32. [6] mel, m., sarmidi, m.r., aziz, r.a., zain, z.m., and jamaluddin, a.a. “a study of the cell growth of haemophilus paragallinarum; optimization of ph and temperature.” proceeding 11th national biotechnology seminar, melaka. (1999): 151-153. [7] demetri petrides, alexandros koulouris, and charles siletti “throughput analysis and debottlenecking of biomanufacturing facilities, a job for process simulators.” . biopharm 15.8 (2002). [8] athimulam, a., kumaresan, s., foo, d. c. y., sarmidi, m. r. and aziz, r. a. “modelling and optimisation of eurycoma longifolia. water extract production, food and bioproduct processing.”. 84.2 (2006): 139-49. [9] intelligen, inc. (2005). superpro designer user’s guide (intelligen, inc., scotch plains, new jersey, usa). [10] mel, m., sarmidi, m.r., aziz, r.a., zain, z.m., and jamaluddin, a.a. “screening and optimization of haemophilus paragallinarum fermentation for coryza vaccine production.” proceeding regional chemical engineering symposium, nus singapore. (2000). [11] mel, m., sarmidi, m.r., aziz, r.a., zain, z.m., and jamaluddin, a.acoryza vaccine optimized in 16 l fermentor using bioengineering ferm control strategy. proceeding regional chemical engineering symposium, itb bandung indonesia, (2001). [12] mel, m., sarmidi, m.r., aziz, r.a., zain, z.m., jamaluddin, a.a. “development of coryza vaccine; optimisation and scale-up studies.” universiti teknologi malaysia: bioprocess engineering department. (2002). iium engineering journal, vol. 23, no. 1, 2022 poostchi et al. https://doi.org/10.31436/iiumej.v23i1.1769 effect of sterilization on mechanical and blood properties of medical grade polyvinyl chloride maryam poostchi and hamed bagheri* faculty of interdisciplinary sciences and technologies, tarbiat modares university,tehran,iran *corresponding author: hbagheri@modares.ac.ir (received: 5th january 2021; accepted: 16th april 2021; published on-line: 4th january 2022) abstract: the use of phthalates as a plasticizer in plasticized polyvinyl chloride (pvc) always poses the threat of migration of phthalates into the environment through medical equipment. phthalates can be used with natural-based plasticizers, such as epoxidized soybean oil (esbo) known as phthalate’s scavenger and pvc stabilizers. pvc formulations were characterized by different combinations of di (2-ethylhexyl) phthalate (dehp) 30-40% with 5% esbo. pvc flexibility increased significantly in the presence of esbo, without a change in strength (tensile test). the decrease of the tg temperature by adding esbo in differential scanning calorimetry indicated that esbo preserved dehp in the polymer. also, it was shown that the sterilization process with ethylene oxide, similar to esbo, decreased the tg of polymer. dehp migration was evaluated at a maximum level to the environment using the gas chromatography test. samples containing esbo showed less hemolysis. abstrak: penggunaan phthalates sebagai plasticizer dalam plastik polyvinyl chloride (pvc) selalu menimbulkan ancaman penghijrahan phthalates ke alam sekitar melalui peralatan perubatan. phthalates boleh digunakan dengan plasticizer berasaskan semula jadi, seperti minyak kacang soya epoxidized (esbo) yang dikenali sebagai pemulung phthalate dan penstabil pvc. formulasi pvc dicirikan oleh kombinasi yang berbeza di (2-ethylhexyl) phthalate (dehp) 30-40% dengan 5% esbo. fleksibiliti pvc meningkat dengan ketara di hadapan esbo, tanpa perubahan kekuatan (ujian tegangan). penurunan suhu tg dengan menambahkan esbo dalam calorimetri pengimbasan berbeza menunjukkan bahawa esbo mengekalkan dehp dalam polimer. juga, ditunjukkan bahawa proses pensterilan dengan etilena oksida, serupa dengan esbo, menurunkan tg polimer. penghijrahan dehp dinilai pada tahap maksimum ke lingkungan menggunakan uji kromatografi gas. sampel yang mengandungi esbo menunjukkan kurang hemolisis. keywords: di (2-ethylhexyl) phthalate, polyvinyl chloride, plasticizer, blood bag, epoxidized soybean oil 1. introduction in the years before 1970, glass bottles were used as containers for human blood preservation and were reused after cleaning and sterilization [1]. now containers are special plastic bags with appropriate properties that meet today’s needs regarding the maximum stability of the product and cell survival [2]. today, all blood containers are sterilized and disposable. blood bags used for blood preservation are made of polyvinyl chloride (pvc) [1–3]. pvc has a wider range of use in the construction and auto industries, as well as in the medical industry due to its characteristics, i.e. inert properties, transparency, easy sterilization, 282 iium engineering journal, vol. 23, no. 1, 2022 poostchi et al. https://doi.org/10.31436/iiumej.v23i1.1769 compatibility with chemical compositions, and low cost [3–6]. semi-hard and soft pvc comprises numerous parts of plastic materials used in the medical industry. many sterilized disposable containers and tools, such as catheters, preservation bags for injecting fluids, medical tubes, preservation bags for blood and plasma, and dialysis equipment, are made of pvc. materials used in these tools, especially blood preservation bags and medical tubes, cannot be replaced with other polymers [7–10]. pvc is considered a hard polymer with high tg that is required to be plasticized for medical equipment, such as medical tubes and bags [11]. various plasticizers, such as phthalates, are utilized in pvc. phthalates are compounds formed as a result of phthalic acid esterification, which adds about 30-40% weight to pvc and plays a major role in its flexibility [9, 12]. di(2-ethylhexyl)-phthalate (dehp) is the most widely used plasticizer. most concerns are about the migration of dehp to the environment due to the non-covalent bond between dehp (phthalates) molecules and vinyl chlorides [5, 6, 10, 13–16]. epoxidized soybean oil (esbo) is an organic compound produced by soybean oil epoxidation [17]. the compound is used as a lubricant and stabilizer in pvc [5, 18–20]. food products preserved in glass containers are sealed with pvc films or linings. esbo is an additive used during pvc manufacture. esbo can resist the release of hcl molecules due to its bonding with chlorine atoms in pvc [6, 15, 20, 21]. the united states food and drug administration announced that the dehp study on lab animals did not prove the safe use of dehp for human beings. thus, dehp is used only for medical instruments with no continual contact with fluids in a patient’s body. furthermore, it is strongly advised not to utilize pvc–dehp containing medical instruments for vulnerable patients, such as infants and pregnant women. medical instrument manufacturing companies are also advised to remove dehp from their products [22]. sterilization is a major process in manufacturing medical tools. most soft pvc products should be sterilized before use. regarding the significance of the sterilization process in producing medical pvc tools, this study investigated the sterilization process effect on the migration of the plasticizer in the pvc bulk. the migration of the plasticizer probably increases due to special conditions in the sterilization process related to pressure and temperature. the present study mainly discussed how to modify pvc blood preservation bags and find suitable polymer compositions with higher safety, flexibility, and blood compatibility, as well as lower migration rate. the study also evaluated the effect of various factors, including sterilization with ethylene oxide gas and addition of secondary plasticizers, such as esbo, on the migration rate of plasticizers into the blood. we investigated certain properties of blood preservation bags and their stability and flexibility, including the release rate of plasticizers into the blood and blood compatibility (as clot formation for each pvc film with different percentages of plasticizers). 2. materials and methods 2.1 materials: the materials were used pvc s6058 with the k-value 60 manufactured by iranian petrochemical industries co., di-2 (ethylhexyl) phthalate manufactured by azar shimi co. (iran), 2,6-di-tert-butyl-4-methylphenol with vulkanox bht manufactured by lanxess (germany), esbo manufactured by mbt (south africa), ca-zn stearate manufactured by poorya exir co. (iran), chloroform with cas no. 3-66-67 and the molecular mass of 119.38g/mol manufactured by merck (germany), ethanol of 98% purity manufactured by 283 iium engineering journal, vol. 23, no. 1, 2022 poostchi et al. https://doi.org/10.31436/iiumej.v23i1.1769 jahan khorram co. (iran), distilled water and physiologic serum manufactured by sepidaj pharmaceutical co. (iran), and sheep blood obtained from darvash co. (iran). 2.2 sample preparation: the plasticizer percentage of each sample (30-40%) was determined based on previous studies [16, 23, 24]. the three samples contained 30%, 35%, and 40% dehp. the test was also repeated with esbo, which was added as much as 5% to the samples four, five, and six as a secondary plasticizer (at the same dehp content). the number of samples along with their plasticizer contents is listed in table 2.1. the samples zero and seven were used as evidence samples; none of the two samples contained dehp, although the sample seven contained 5% esbo. table 2.1: percentage of each plasticizer was used in samples. secondary plasticizer (esbo) % primary plasticizer (dehp) % sample no. 0 0 0 0 30 1 0 35 2 0 40 3 5 30 4 5 35 5 5 40 6 5 0 7 after determining the plasticizer percentage in each sample, its component was measured in 100 units (phr), as shown in table 2.2. the weight of each sample was kept at 60g to fit the capacity of an internal mixer device. the fraction of each component, including pvc, a stabilizer, an antioxidant, a plasticizer, and esbo, was calculated based on 100 units(phr), as shown in table 2.2. table2.2: components of a sample weighing 60g sample no. composition sample no. composition 1 pvc+30%dehp (non-sterilized) 7 pvc+30%dehp (sterilized) 2 pvc+35%dehp (non-sterilized) 8 pvc+35%dehp (sterilized) 3 pvc+40%dehp (non-sterilized) 9 pvc+40%dehp (sterilized) 4 pvc+30%dehp+5%esbo (nonsterilized) 10 pvc+30%dehp+5%esbo (sterilized) 5 pvc+35%dehp+5%esbo (nonsterilized) 11 pvc+35%dehp+5%esbo (sterilized) 6 pvc+40%dehp+5%esbo (nonsterilized) 12 pvc+40%dehp+5%esbo (sterilized) 284 iium engineering journal, vol. 23, no. 1, 2022 poostchi et al. https://doi.org/10.31436/iiumej.v23i1.1769 each sample was mixed with a w50 brabender mixer (germany) to obtain a homogeneous mixture. the mixing device was set at 160°c and 80 rpm, and the samples were mixed for two min. the sample without the plasticizer was selected as a control sample of zero migration. however, the sample was removed from the study because of its poor properties. sample films with 5mm thickness were prepared. hot pressing was conducted with a device manufactured by sanjesh baspar novin co. (iran), while cold pressing was performed with a device manufactured by toyo seiki (japan). each sample was fixed in two dumbbell-shaped casts where their dimensions were worked out according to iso 6621 standards—length 15cm, width 2cm, and thickness 3mm. the samples then underwent hot pressing at 165°c for four min under 60nm torque, followed by cold pressing (room temperature) for three min under 60nm torque. half of the dumbbell samples were sterilized to compare the characteristics before and after sterilization. each sample was put into a sterilized tank (jiangyin huaqing machinery, china) of 90% ethylene oxide gas at 50°c and 50kp for eight h. table 2.3 shows the composition of each prepared sample, including figures attributed to it, which were utilized later. table 2.3: sample nomenclature and abbreviations pvc dehp esbo ca-zn st bht sample no. gr phr gr phr gr phr gr phr gr phr 0 58.53 100 0 0 0 0 01.17 2 0.29 0.5 1 40.96 100 18.02 44 0 0 0.82 2 0.25 0.5 2 38.10 100 20.95 55 0 0 0.76 2 0.19 0.5 3 34.99 100 24.14 69 0 0 0.70 2 0.17 0.5 4 37.85 100 18.17 48 03.03 8 0.76 2 0.19 0.5 5 34.78 100 21.22 61 03.13 9 0.70 2 0.17 0.5 6 31.83 100 24.19 76 03.18 10 0.64 2 0.16 0.5 7 55.81 100 0 0 05.00 5 02.00 2 0.50 0.5 2.3 mechanical testing: both sterilized and non-sterilized samples underwent examination separately, based on iso-527 standards, using tcs2000 universal testing (gotech testing machines, taiwan). the study samples had an average thickness of 2.4mm and width of 10mm. 2.4 differential scanning calorimetry (dsc): differential scanning calorimetry (dsc) measurements were carried out on a dsc-1 unit manufactured by mettler toledo, switzerland. about 4-5mg of the polymer sample was sealed in an aluminum pan. the polymer sample was first heated to 130 °c at a rate of 10°c/min under nitrogen atmosphere for three min to erase the thermal history. then, it was cooled to -70°c at 285 iium engineering journal, vol. 23, no. 1, 2022 poostchi et al. https://doi.org/10.31436/iiumej.v23i1.1769 a rate of 10°c/min for five min, and subsequently, heated to 130°c at a rate of 10°c/min. both the cooling and heating traces were recorded. 2.5 gas chromatography analysis (gc): 2.5.1 sample extraction all glassware was washed in 70% alcohol solutions and then put into the laboratory oven at 70°c for 15 min. the samples were cut in certain pieces using sterilized scissors and then put into a watch glass. the samples were weighed individually, and sterilized forceps were used to place the samples in an erlenmeyer flask immediately after it was filled with as much as 50cc chloroform solution. the samples were tapped, and the flask was placed in the oven at 25°c for 24 h. then, the flask was removed from the oven, and the pieces were taken out of the chloroform solution and put back in a watch glass. the pieces were again put into the oven at 70°c for 30 min to be dried. the solutions were preserved in other tapped dishes to be analyzed by gas chromatography. 2.5.2 preparation of standard solution dodecane, with the chemical formula c12h26, was utilized to prepare standard solutions. the solutions were prepared at 100, 200, and 500ppm concentrations. the 500ppm solution was more like the samples than the other two solutions. chromatography was performed on the cp3800 gas chromatograph manufactured by varian, usa. the injector temperature was set at 280°c with split-less mode, and the detector temperature was 300°c. the column was cp-sil 5 cb made from silica with an inner diameter of 0.25mm and a length of 25m. nitrogen-bearing gas at 40psi pressure and 1µl injection volume was applied to a flame ionization detector. the test was conducted with the following temperature condition passing through the liquid column: the initial temperature of 90°c was held for three min and increased at a heating rate of 15°c/min up to 280°c, which was held for five min. the total heating time was 20.67 min. 2.6 hemolysis test: the samples were cut into 1cm ˟ 1cm films with sterilized scissors and a knife under sterilized conditions. the cut films were added to 100 million red globules lacking serum. then, they were delivered to a container with 1 ml biological buffer using physiologic buffer and put in a shin saeng finetech rotary oven, (south korea) at 37°c for one h at 100rpm. after an hour, the samples were centrifuged at 10,000rpm for five min in a sigma3-30k centrifuge (atr, usa). the supernatant was tested using the wpa biowave ii spectrophotometer (biochrom, uk) at a 540nm wavelength to determine the released hemoglobin. 3. results and discussion 3.1 tensile test increasing the plasticizer to pvc led to increased flexibility (figs. 1a, b) by decreasing the tensile stress and increasing the maximum stain at break. considerable flexibility was observed in the samples 5 and 6 to which esbo was added, confirming the esbo plasticizer effect on pvc. 286 iium engineering journal, vol. 23, no. 1, 2022 poostchi et al. https://doi.org/10.31436/iiumej.v23i1.1769 figure 3.1 mechanical properties of stretch pvc films evaluated: yield stress (a) and strain at breakpoint (b) before sterilization process. the stress-strain diagram demonstrated that ultimate stress decreased with increasing the plasticizer in the samples 1 to 6. furthermore, by adding esbo to the samples, ultimate stress decreased continually with increasing the plasticizer. both samples 2 and 4 with the same plasticizer content had different strains at break so that the maximum strain was 2% more in the sample 4 compared to the sample 2. the strain rate difference was insignificant in these samples due to the low plasticizer content. however, increasing the plasticizer content up to 40% led to a meaningful difference in the samples 3 and 5. in other words, replacing 5% dehp with 5% esbo increased the polymer strain from 156% to 257%. accordingly, esbo had higher plasticizing effect than dehp and its plasticizing characteristics in pvc. when a plasticizer (such as dehp) is added, its molecules will be placed in various sites between polymer chains. this helps pvc become more flexible and leads to a decrease in tg. the effect of plasticizers on tg is attributed to the increase in the free volume that enhances molecular mobility. although plasticizers reduce chain entanglement density, the length scale of the chain contributing to tg (~50 c-c bond) is smaller than the entanglement mw (~200 cc). it means that the chain entanglement density effect should not be considerable in typical plasticizer contents (~10-20%); unless one uses much higher plasticizer contents or coplasticizers such as esbo. all the samples represented similar behavior both before and after sterilization. the mechanical behavior of the samples after sterilization is shown in figure 3.2. the sterilization process did not have considerable effects on maximum strain at the break of the samples. the sample strains considerably increased after sterilization, indicating that sterilization tended to increase its flexibility. moreover, samples with 5% esbo better preserved their mechanical properties. 287 iium engineering journal, vol. 23, no. 1, 2022 poostchi et al. https://doi.org/10.31436/iiumej.v23i1.1769 figure 3.2 mechanical properties of stretch pvc films evaluated; yield stress (a) and strain at breakpoint (b) after sterilization process. the results of mechanical testing after sterilization confirmed that the strain increased at the break of the polymer with the esbo plasticizer. the other plasticizers did not show such a maximum strain level at break. however, dehp showed maximum strain at break after sterilization. these results can be attributed to the fact that dehp molecules diffuse to polymer chains because of more heating during the sterilization process and lead to increasing the distance of polymer chains and thus increasing maximum strain at break. increasing dehp provides more void spaces between chains, leading to improving chain sliding against each other and increasing polymer flexibility. when esbo was added to the polymer, it caused higher increased molecular distances between pvc chains by the combined effect of esbo and dehp molecules. dehp was emplaced between pvc chains and, finally, increased polymer flexibility. actually esbo has a synergistic effect when used with dehp and increases the polymer flexibility. sarath josh et al. (2012) studied the temperature effect on the dehp migration and release in blood preservation bags and confirmed the increased dehp penetration index with increasing the temperature [25, 26]. in other words, dehp molecules were stabilized between pvc chains with increasing the temperature. during the sterilization process, the temperature increased to 60°c when ethylene oxide gas was penetrated to the polymer bulk. therefore, during the sterilization process, dehp molecules were better mixed with pvc molecules with increasing the temperature up to 60°c. the polymer was annealed, and its mechanical properties were improved. 3.2 dehp release from pvc 3.2.1 dsc analysis table 3.3 and figure 3.1 show the second heating dsc curves of the four samples. as shown in table 3.3, the tg temperature decreased with increasing esbo (table 3.1). accordingly, the tg temperature decreased 4°c in the sample 5 compared to the sample 2 and more than 13°c in the sample 11 compared to the sample 8. decreasing the tg temperature with increasing esbo indicates that esbo, used as a stabilizer for dehp, can be simultaneously used as a secondary plasticizer. furthermore, the 288 iium engineering journal, vol. 23, no. 1, 2022 poostchi et al. https://doi.org/10.31436/iiumej.v23i1.1769 existence of esbo in the pvc polymer bulk not only stabilizes dehp into the pvc structure but also reduces the tg temperature in the samples. table 3.1 tg comparison in the samples 2, 5, 8 and 11 sample no. tstart ( oc) tfinal ( oc) tg ( oc) 2 -23.10 -4.73 -13.38 5 -37.50 -27.43 -17.09 8 -24.45 -5.13 -14.22 11 -31.27 -23.63 -27.29 the results showed that the tg temperature of the polymer decreased after sterilization because of more molecular diffusion of the plasticizer into the polymer bulk. the above findings are confirmed by the tensile test results, where the samples exhibited a higher maximum strain after sterilization. as shown in the mechanical test results, maximum strain at break increased with an increase in the plasticizer content. the dsc test results indicated that maximum strain at break increased by decreasing tg and increasing the free volume in the polymer chains. in other words, the dsc test results confirmed the tensile test results. a decrease in tg indicated an increase in the plasticizer effect on pvc because of the synergistic effect of esbo and the sterilization process (fig. 3.3). figure 3.3: dsc curve of the samples 2, 5, 8 and 11 3.2.2 gas chromatography test analysis the dehp concentration in the samples 8 and 11 was calculated to be 1333.4948 ppm and 1362.5368 ppm, respectively, with a difference of 30 ppm that can be neglected (fig. 3.4) 289 iium engineering journal, vol. 23, no. 1, 2022 poostchi et al. https://doi.org/10.31436/iiumej.v23i1.1769 figure 3.4 chromatograms of samples 8 (a) and 11 (b). given the results in figure 3.4 showing the release rate of dehp into the extraction solution, it can be concluded that esbo has no role in the migration of dehp from the polymer bulk. 3.3 hemolysis analysis samples with hemolysis more than 2% are considered slightly hemolytic, according to analysis standards of medical tools. according to the results, the samples had no considerable hemolysis effect; maximum hemolysis was in the sample 7 at 3.3%, containing 30% dehp (fig. 3.5). however, it appears that adding esbo to pvc decreased the pvc hemolysis effect. thus, the sample 10 with 0.22% hemolysis percentage and the samples 11 and 12 with 0.88% hemolysis percentage were known as non-hemolytic samples, while the samples 7 and 8 were slightly hemolytic with 3.3% and 2% hemolysis percentages, respectively. therefore, the results indicated that the samples were non-hemolytic. haishima et al. demonstrated that pvc plasticizers, including a 6-carbon ring such as dehp, had an effective role in suppressing blood cell hemolysis [27]. moreover, miller et al. reported that adding small amounts of dehp to red blood cells reduced their hemolysis to 20%, which were preserved at 4°c for 35 days [28, 29]. the present study confirms these results. 290 iium engineering journal, vol. 23, no. 1, 2022 poostchi et al. https://doi.org/10.31436/iiumej.v23i1.1769 figure 3.5 hemolysis of the samples 7 – 12 4. conclusion for more than 50 years, dehp has been used as a plasticizer in pvc in blood preservation bags and also in most medical tools. ethylene oxide sterilization is an essential process in manufacturing medical tools. the results of tensile tests and heat analysis on the samples demonstrated that 5% esbo led to dehp stabilization within the polymer structure and improved its mechanical properties with decreasing temperature (tg) and increasing polymer flexibility. moreover, sterilization using ethylene oxide gas improved mechanical properties of the samples. the results of the gas chromatography test on solutions extracted from the sterilized samples, both with and without esbo, indicated that esbo had no effect on the migration of dehp molecules into the non-polar environment. according to the hemolysis test results, dehp release into the blood was extremely low, as dehp is a non-polar molecule whereas blood is a polar one. moreover, all samples containing 5% esbo were non-hemolytic. finally, it can be summarized that sterilization has no significant effect on the migration of the plasticizer from the polymer bulk; however, its annealing effects help improve the mechanical properties of pvc medical tools. 291 iium engineering journal, vol. 23, no. 1, 2022 poostchi et al. https://doi.org/10.31436/iiumej.v23i1.1769 references [1] van der meer pf, reesink hw, panzer s, wong j, ismay s, keller a, (2014) should dehp be eliminated in blood bags?. vox sang 106(2):176-95,doi: 10.1111/vox.12099. [2] dumont lj, baker s, dumont df, (2012)., exploratory in vitro study of red blood cell storage containers formulated with an alternative plasticizer. transfusion 20(7):1439-45, doi:10.1111/j.1537-2995.2011.03506.x. [3] chiellini f, ferri m, morelli a, dipaola l, latini g. (2013) perspectives on alternatives to phthalate plasticized poly(vinyl chloride) in medical devices applications. prog in polym science 38(7): 1067-1088, doi:10.1016/j.progpolymsci.2013.03.001. [4] hakkarainen m, (2003) new pvc materials for medical applications—the release profile of pvc/polycaprolactone–polycarbonate aged in aqueous environments. polym degrad stab 80(3):451-458, doi:10.1016/s0141-3910(03)00029-6. [5] coltro l, pitta jb, madaleno e, (2013) performance evaluation of new plasticizers for stretch pvc films. polym test 32(2):272-278, doi:10.1016/j.polymertesting.2012.11.009. [6] radaniel t, genay s, simon n, et al., (2014) quantification of five plasticizers used in pvc tubing through high performance liquid chromatographic-uv detection. j chromatogr b analyt technol biomed life sci 965:158-63, doi: 10.1016/j.jchromb.2014.06.027. [7] lamba nm, courtney jm, gaylor jd, lowe gd. (2000)in vitro investigation of the blood response to medical grade pvc and the effect of heparin on the blood response. biomater 21(1):89-96, doi:10.1016/s0142-9612(99)00145-3. [8] labed v, obeid h, ressayre k. (2013) effect of relative humidity and temperature on pvc degradation under gamma irradiation: evolution of hcl production yields. radiat phys chem 84:26-29, doi:10.1016/j.radphyschem.2012.06.052. [9] haishima y, matsuda r, hayashi y, hasegawa c, yagami t, tsuchiya t. (2004) risk assessment of di(2-ethylhexyl)phthalate released from pvc blood circuits during hemodialysis and pump-oxygenation therapy. int j pharm 274(1-2):119-29, doi:10.1016/j.ijpharm.2004.01.009. [10] al salloum h, saunier j. tfayli a. yagoubi n. (2016) studying dehp migration in plasticized pvc used for blood bags by coupling raman confocal microscopy to uv spectroscopy. mater sci eng c mater biol appl 61:56-62, doi: 10.1016/j.msec.2015.12.008. [11] khorasani mt, mirzadeh h. (2007) effect of oxygen plasma treatment on surface charge and wettability of pvc blood bag—in vitro assay. radiat phys chem 76(6):1011-1016, doi:10.1016/j.radphyschem.2006.10.002. [12] mankidy r., wiseman s. ma h, giesy jp. (2013) biological impact of phthalates. toxicol lett 217(1): 50-8, doi:10.1016/j.toxlet.2012.11.025. [13] wang q, storm bk. (2005) separation and analysis of low molecular weight plasticizers in poly(vinyl chloride) tubes. polym test 24(3):290-300, doi:10.1016/j.polymertesting.2004.12.002. [14] haishima y, seshimo f, higuch t, (2005) development of a simple method for predicting the levels of di(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate migrated from pvc medical devices into pharmaceutical solutions. int j pharm 298(1): 126-42, doi: 10.1016/j.ijpharm.2005.04.009. [15] zygoura pd, paleologos ek, kontominas mg. (2011) migration levels of pvc plasticisers: effect of ionising radiation treatment. food chem 128(1):106-13, doi: 10.1016/j.foodchem.2011.03.002. [16] burgos n, jiménez a. (2009) degradation of poly(vinyl chloride) plasticized with non-phthalate plasticizers under sterilization conditions. polym degrad stab 94(9):1473-1478, doi:10.1016/j.polymdegradstab.2009.05.004. [17] fankhauser-noti a, fiselier k, biedermann-brem s, grob, k. (2006) assessment of epoxidized soy bean oil (esbo) migrating into foods: comparison with esbo-like epoxy fatty acids in our normal diet. food chem toxicol 44(8):1279-86, doi: 10.1016/j.fct.2006.02.005. [18] karmalm p, hjertberg t, jansson a, dahl r. (2009) thermal stability of poly(vinyl chloride) with epoxidised soybean oil as primary plasticizer. polym degrad stab 94(12):2275-2281, doi:10.1016/j.polymdegradstab.2009.07.019. 292 iium engineering journal, vol. 23, no. 1, 2022 poostchi et al. https://doi.org/10.31436/iiumej.v23i1.1769 [19] yu by, lee ar, kwak sy. (2012) gelation/fusion behavior of pvc plastisol with a cyclodextrin derivative and an anti-migration plasticizer in flexible pvc. eur polym j 48(5):885-895, doi:10.1016/j.eurpolymj.2012.02.008. [20] bueno-ferrer c, garrigós mc, jiménez a. (2010) characterization and thermal stability of poly(vinyl chloride) plasticized with epoxidized soybean oil for food packaging. polym degrad stab 95(11):2207-2212, doi:10.1016/j.polymdegradstab.2010.01.027. [21] hammarling l, gustavsson h. svensson k, karlsson s, oskarsson a. (1998) migration of epoxidized soya bean oil from plasticized pvc gaskets into baby food. food addit contam 15(2):203-8, doi: 10.1080/02652039809374631. [22] sanco d. european commission, health & consumer protection directorate-general. opinion on medical devices containing dehp plasticised pvc 2002, doi: 10.2772/45179. [23] sunny mc, ramesh p, mohanan pv, george ke. (2010) metallocene based polyolefin: a potential candidate for the replacement of flexible poly (vinyl chloride) in the medical field. polym for advanced technologies 21(9):621-631, doi:10.1002/pat.1475. [24] al salloum h, saunier j, aymes-chodur c, barakat h, yagoubi n. (2015) impact of the nature and concentration of plasticizers on the ability of pvc to sorb drug. int j pharm 496(2):664-75, doi:10.1016/j.ijpharm.2015.11.004. [25] sarath josh mk, pradeep s. balachandran s, sudha devi r, vijayalakshmi amma ks, benjamin s. (2012). temperatureand solvent-dependent migrations of di(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate, the hazardous plasticizer from commercial pvc blood storage bag. j polym res 19(7), doi:10.1007/s10965-012-9915-4. [26] jérémy p et al (2019). new spe-lc-ms/ms method for the simultaneous determination in urine of 22 metabolites of dehp and alternative plasticizers from pvc medical devices, talanta, 198:377-389 [27] haishima y, kawakami t, hasegawa c, tanoue a, yuba t, isama k, matsuoka a, niimi s. (2014). screening study on hemolysis suppression effect of an alternative plasticizer for the development of a novel blood container made of polyvinyl chloride. j biomed mater res b appl biomater 102(4):721-8, doi: 10.1002/jbm.b.33052. [28] estep tn, pedersen ra, miller tj, stupar kr. (1984) characterization of erythrocyte quality during the refrigerated storage of whole blood containing di-(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate. blood 64(6): 1270-6, doi:10.1182/blood.v64.6.1270.1270 [29] amandine d et al. (2019). simultaneous determination of di(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate and diisononylcyclohexane-1,2-dicarboxylate and their monoester metabolites in four labile blood products by liquid chromatography tandem mass spectrometry, journal of pharmaceutical and biomedical analysis, 181:1-11, doi:10.1016/j.jpba.2019.113063. 293 microsoft word 200 completed iium engineering journal, vol. 12, no. 5, 2011: special issue -1 on science and ethics in engineering hosseini and daniali 7 kinematic analysis of tricept parallel manipulator mir amin hosseini 1 and hamid-reza mohammadai daniali 2 1 department of mechanical engineering, islamic azad university, ayatollah amoli branch, amol, iran. 2 department of mechanical engineering, babol university of technology, babol, iran. ma.hosseini@iauamol.ac.ir; mohammadi@nit.ac.ir abstract: parallel manipulators consist of fixed and moving platforms connected to each other with some actuated links. they have some significant advantages over their serial counterparts. while, they suffer from relatively small workspaces, complex kinematics relations and highly singular points within their workspaces. in this paper, forward kinematics of tricept parallel manipulator is solved analytically and its workspace optimization is performed. this parallel manipulator has a complex degree of freedom, therefore leads to dimensional in-homogeneous jacobian matrices. thus, we divide some entries of the jacobian by units of length, thereby producing a new jacobian that is dimensionally homogeneous. moreover, its workspace is parameterized using some design parameters. then, using ga method, the workspace is optimized subjects to some geometric constraints. finally, dexterity of the design is evaluated. abstrak: manipulator selari terdiri daripada platform tetap dan bergerak yang bersambung antara satu sama lain dengan beberapa pautan bergerak. manipulator selari mempunyai beberapa kebaikan tertentu dibandingkan dengan yang bersamaan dengannya. walaupun ia mempunyai ruang kerja yang sempit, hubungan kinematik kompleks dan titik tunggal tinggi dalam linkungan ruang kerjanya. dalam kajian ini, kinematik ke hadapan manipulator selari tricept diselesaikan secara analisa dan pengoptimuman ruang kerja dijalankan. manipulator selari ini mempunyai darjah kebebasan yang kompleks, yang menyebabkan ia mendorong kepada kehomogenan dimensi matriks jacobian. catatan jacobian dibahagikan kepada unit panjang, dimana ia menghasilkan jacobian baru yang homogen dimensinya. tambahan, ruang kerjanya diparameterkan dengan menggunakan beberapa parameter reka bentuk. kemudian, dengan kaedah ga, ruang kerja mengoptimakan subjek kepada beberapa kekangan geometrik. akhirnya, kecakatan reka bentuk dinilaikan. keywords: kinematic; workspace; singularity; tricept 1. introduction parallel manipulators are closed-loop mechanisms and consist of two main elements coupled through several limbs acting in parallel. one body is designated as fixed and is called base, while the other is regarded as movable and hence is called moving platform or end-effector (ee) of the manipulator. typically, the number of actuators is equal to the number of degrees of freedom (dof) of the manipulator. parallel manipulators have some significant advantages over their serial counterparts, such as more rigidity and accuracy, higher force and torque capacity and higher speed [1, iium engineering journal, vol. 12, no. 5, 2011: special issue -1 on science and ethics in engineering hosseini and daniali 8 2]. on the other hand, they suffer from relatively small workspaces, complex kinematics relations and highly singular points within their workspaces. choosing a set of geometric parameters so as to achieve optimal performance is of vital significance in robotics research. among all kinematic measures, workspace is the most important index in the design of a parallel manipulator. in this paper, the workspace of tricept is parameterized using some design parameters. moreover, some geometric constraints are considered in the problem. because of nonlinear discontinuous behavior of the problem, ga is used here to optimize the workspace [3]. for the workspace of the manipulator, we evaluate local conditioning indices of the jacobian matrices, as well. this paper is organized as follows. as a case study, for tricept parallel manipulator with both rotational and translational dof, forward and inverse kinematics are derived analytically. moreover, its jacobian matrix is derived and its singularity is studied. finally, we optimize the workspace of the manipulator and evaluate its local conditioning index as a measure of dexterity. 2. tricept parallel manipulator tricept parallel manipulator, as depicted in fig. 1, with two rotational and one translational dof was introduced by neumann [4]. siciliano [5] studied the inverse kinematics and manipulability of tricept. fig. 1: tricept manipulator. the manipulator has three actuated limbs which connect the base to the moving platform. each of these limbs consists of a spherical – prismatic – spherical (sps) kinematic chain, where only the prismatic joint is actuated. alternatively, one of the spherical joints can be replaced by a universal joint with no side effect on the kinematic equations. in either case, as each of the actuated limbs has mobility of at least 6-dof, a passive prismatic–universal (pu) limb exists at the centre of the mechanism to constrain the mobility of the moving platform to 3-dof. when the moving platform is parallel to the base, the two revolute axes of the universal joint of the centre passive limb, are parallel with the base frame’s x and y-axes. iium engineering journal, vol. 12, no. 5, 2011: special issue -1 on science and ethics in engineering hosseini and daniali 9 moving and global frames, namely; {p (uvw)} and {o (xyz)}, are attached to the moving and base platforms, respectively. 2.1 inverse kinematic inverse kinematic problem is stated as: given a desired pose of the ee find the actuator lengths. considering fig. 1, one can write the following, in which the columns of the matrix are the position vectors of the spherical joints: 3 2 3 2 3c s s c s 0 0 0 0 c -s 0 0 0 0 2 2 -s c s c c c c s c s s c s c s s c s 2 23 2 3 2 3 s c s c s 2 2 s c c s c s c c s 23 2 3 2 3 a a a a a c c cd d d a a a a ad d d a ad d d a a a ad c d c θ ψ θ ψ θ ψ ψ θ θ ψ θ ψ θ ψ θ θ ψ θ ψ θ θ ψ θ ψ θ ψ ψ ψ ψ ψ θ θ ψ θ θ ψ θ ψ θ  − −           = − +                 + − + + − − + −= − − − − + + + + + a c s c c 2 a d cθ ψ θ ψ           − + +    (1) where a is the moving platforms radius. moreover, c and s stand for the cos and sin functions, respectively; c is the length of the passive prismatic actuator of the middle limb. the position vectors of the universal joints are grouped in the columns of matrix b as: 3 2 3 2 3 0 2 2 0 0 0 b b b b b  − −     = −        b (2) in which b is the radius of the base platform. according to eqs. (1) and (2) the actuator lengths can be calculated as the followings: (3) 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 a b bd q c d abc cdc c c sθ θ ψ ψ θ= + + + − + − 2 2 2 2 (4) 2 2 1 1 1 ( ) ( ) 3 3 2 3 3 3 2 ( ) 3 a b c s q c d ab c s s c bd s s cdc c ac c s ψ θ θ ψ θ ψ ψ θ θ ψ θ ψ = + + + − − + + + + + + 2 2 2 2 (5) 3 2 1 1 1 ( ) ( ) 3 3 2 3 3 3 2 ( ) 3 a b c s q c d ab c s s c bd s s cdc c ac c s ψ θ θ ψ θ ψ ψ θ θ ψ θ ψ = + + + − + + + − + + − 2 2 2 2 2.2 forward kinematic forward kinematic is stated as: given a set of actuator lengths find the pose of the ee. in eqs.(3-5), we substitute now the equivalent expressions for sψ and cψ given below: 2 tan( ) 2 t ψ = (6) 2 2 2 2 1 t s t ψ = + (7) iium engineering journal, vol. 12, no. 5, 2011: special issue -1 on science and ethics in engineering hosseini and daniali 10 2 2 2 2 1 1 t c t ψ − = + (8) similarly, equivalent expressions for sθ and cθ yields: 1 tan( ) 2 t θ = (9) 1 2 1 2 1 t s t θ = + (10) 2 1 2 1 1 1 t c t θ − = + (11) substituting the values of sψ, cψ, sθ and cθ from eqs.(6-11) into eqs.(3-5), upon simplifications leads to the following equations for the limbs; 2 2 2 t t 0 ; for i 1, 2, 3 i i i m n l =+ + = (12) in which the parameters for the three limbs are defined as: (13) 2 2 1 1 12 1 2 1 1 1 2 ( )[( )( 2 ) 1 3 3 3 4 2 ( )( ) ( 2 )] 3 3 33 a b m t c d q ab cd t bd a b t c d q ab cd = + + + − + + + + + + + + − − − 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 (14) 1 0n = (15) 2 2 1 1 12 1 2 1 1 1 2 ( )[( )( 2 ) 1 3 3 3 -4 2 ( )( ) ( 2 )] 3 3 33 a b l t c d q ab cd t bd a b t c d q ab cd = + + + − + − + + + + + + − − + 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 (16) 2 2 2 1 22 1 2 1 2 1 2 ( )[( )( 2 ) 1 3 3 3 2 2 1 ( )( ) ( 2 )] 3 3 33 a b m t c d q ab cd t ac bd a b t c d q ab cd = + + + − + + + + − + + + + − + − 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 (17) 2 2 1 12 1 1 2 ( )[( )(2 2 ) ( )( ) (2 2 )] 1+ 3 ab n t bd ac t bd ac t = − + + + (18) 2 2 2 1 22 1 2 1 2 1 1 ( )[( )( 2 ) 1 3 3 3 2 2 2 ( )( ) ( 2 )] 3 3 33 a b l t c d q ab cd t ac bd a b t c d q ab cd = + + + − − − + + + + + + + − − + 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 (19) 2 2 3 1 32 1 2 1 2 1 2 ( )[( )( 2 ) 1 3 3 3 2 2 1 ( )( ) ( 2 )] 3 3 33 a b m t c d q ab cd t ac bd a b t c d q ab cd = + + + − + + + + − + + + + − + − 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 (20) 2 3 1 12 1 1 -2 ( )[( )( 2 2 ) ( )( ) ( 2 2 )] 1+ 3 ab n t bd ac t bd ac t = − + + + − − iium engineering journal, vol. 12, no. 5, 2011: special issue -1 on science and ethics in engineering hosseini and daniali 11 (21) 2 2 3 1 32 1 2 1 2 1 1 ( )[( )( 2 ) 1 3 3 3 2 2 2 ( )( ) ( 2 )] 3 3 33 a b l t c d q ab cd t ac bd a b t c d q ab cd = + + + − − − + + + + + + + − − + 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 subtracting a ratio of equations (12) for the second and the third limbs leads to; (22) ( )2 23 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 3 2 3( ) 0m m t n t l m m t n t l+ + − + + = (23) ( )2 23 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 3 2 3( ) 0l m t n t l l m t n t l+ + − + + = then, one can write: 3 2 2 3 3 2 2 3 2 3 2 2 3 3 2 2 3 0 1 0 m n m n m l m l t l m l m l n l n − −      =      − −      (24) eliminating t2 from the foregoing equation yields: ( ) ( ) 23 2 2 3 3 2 2 3 3 2 2 3( ) 0m n m n l n l n m l m l− − + − = (25) recalling the above process for the first and the second limbs; the third and the first limbs lead to the following equations, respectively; ( ) ( ) 22 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 1 2( ) 0m n m n l n l n m l m l− − + − = (26) ( ) ( ) 23 1 1 3 3 1 1 3 3 1 1 3( ) 0m n m n l n l n m l m l− − + − = (27) equations (25-27) are univariate polynomials of degree eight and can be solved for t1. the common roots of these equations are the solutions sought. 3. jacobian and singularity analysis 3.1 jacobian matrix generally, the ee twist array and the actuators velocity vector are related as: x q =j x j q&& (28) in which jx and jq are the jacobians; x& is the three dimensional twist array; q& is the three dimensional actuator velocity vector as: (29) [ ] t c ψ θ=x &&& & (30) [ ] t 1 2 3 l l l=q & & && taking the first time derivatives of the i th limb vector close loop equation [5], yields; (31) ( )( )t tli li p i il+ × + =n c n ω r a d && rewriting the above equation for the three limbs leads to: iium engineering journal, vol. 12, no. 5, 2011: special issue -1 on science and ethics in engineering hosseini and daniali 12 (32) ( )( ) ( )( ) ( )( ) ( )( ) ( )( ) ( )( ) 1 1 l1 1 l1 2 2 l2 2 l2 3 3 l3 3 l3 1 2 3 l z x y l z x y l z x y n n n c l l l ψ θ + × + × + × + × + × + × =                          r a d n r a d n r a d n r a d n r a d n r a d n && && && therefore, this equation can be written as a more general form of eq.(28), in which: (33) ( )( ) ( )( ) ( )( ) ( )( ) ( )( ) ( )( ) 1 1 l1 1 l1 2 2 l2 2 l2 3 3 l3 3 l3 l z x y l z x y l z x y x n n n + × + × + × + × + × + ×    =      r a d n r a d n r a d n r a d n r a d n r a d n j (34) 3 3q × =j i moreover, one can write eq.(28) as: (35) =x jq&& in which (36) 1 x − =j j 3.2 singularity analysis algebraically, singularity deals with the rank deficiency of the associated jacobian matrices. while geometrically, it is observed that the manipulator gains at least one additional uncontrollable dof or loses one or a few dof in singular points. the singularities encountered in parallel manipulators can be divided into three main groups [6]. the first type of singularity occurs when the manipulator reaches the boundary of its workspace. in such a configuration, different branches of the inverse kinematic problem meet, det( q j ) vanishes and one actuator does not produce any motion of the ee. at the second type of singularity, the ee can move in one or more directions and cannot resist against the force or torques in those directions while the actuators are locked. as opposed to the first one, this type of singularity occurs whenever different branches of the forward kinematic problem meet and det ( x j ) vanishes. the third type of singularity occurs in the case that both types of the foregoing singularities occur, simultaneously [6]. condition number of the jacobian matrix is an index to measure the distance from singularity. it will increase in the vicinity of the singular points. the inverse of this index, namely local conditioning index is commonly used for a measure of dexterity in robotic manipulators [7]. tricept has a complex degree of freedom; therefore its condition number depends on the singular values of the dimensional in-homogeneous jacobian. here, we divide the jacobian entries by units of length, thereby producing a new jacobian that is dimensionally homogeneous. by multiplying the associated entries of the twist array to the same length, iium engineering journal, vol. 12, no. 5, 2011: special issue -1 on science and ethics in engineering hosseini and daniali 13 we made this array homogeneous, as well. this implies some sort of tradeoff between position and orientation components of the twist array. 3.3 weighted factor method dividing the second and the third columns of the jacobian matrix of eq. 28 by a length and multiply the second and the third coordinates of the twist vector to the same length [8] leads to the following dimensionally homogeneous relation: (37) ( )( ) ( )( ) ( )( ) ( )( ) ( )( ) ( )( ) 1 11 1 1 1 2 22 2 2 2 3 3 33 3 3 yx l z yx l z yx l z n l l c l n l l l l l l n l l ψ θ + ×+ × + ×+ × = + ×+ ×                                  ll ll ll r a d nr a d n r a d nr a d n r a d nr a d n && && && 4. workspace analysis in this section, we study the workspace of tricept manipulator based on combination of analytical method and numerical one. 4.1 algorithm in order to generate the workspace of tricept parallel manipulator, we divide the three dimensional ψ-θ-z workspace of the moving platform into a series of subworkspaces that are parallel to ψ-θ plane. then a numerical searching method is adopted to determine the boundary of the sub-workspaces. finally, the volume of workspace is calculated quantitatively. the searching method adopted here is similar to the one used in [9]. fig. 2: boundary points of a sub-workspace. in the particular sub-workspace at elevation zi (within the workspace), to determine the boundary of the sub-workspace one may find trajectories formed by the end of polar vector ρi rotating about z axis from 0 to 2π, (see fig. 2). when the boundary point in the direction of ρi is found as pi (ρcosα, ρsinα, zi); where ρi is the distance between zi and pi, α will be increased by ∆α, and the next point will be found, similarly. the determination of point pi is based on the inverse kinematics of the tricept. when searching the next boundary point pi+1, we set the initial value of ρi+1 as ρi, and judge whether point pi+1 is in iium engineering journal, vol. 12, no. 5, 2011: special issue -1 on science and ethics in engineering hosseini and daniali 14 the range of workspace; if yes, then increase ρi+1, if not, then decrease ρi+1 until point pi+1 is on the boundary of the workspace. once the boundary points in the sub-workspace are all searched out, zi will be decreased by ∆z, and the new searching will be performed again. moreover, when α is increased by ∆α, the unit volume of the corresponding workspace can be expressed approximately as: 2 2 i dv z α πρ π ∆ = ∆ (38) therefore, the volume of the workspace can be calculated as: 2 1 2 max i min z 2 i z z 0 v z π α ρ α = = = ∆ ∆∑ ∑ (39) 4.2 geometric constraints there are some geometric constraints in the design process. these constraints are the upper and lower limits of actuators, spherical and universal joints, links lengths and platforms radiuses. it is simple to calculate the cone angle of joints (ζ) by using the geometric relations between actuators vector and ee pose. the geometric constraints of the tricept robot, is given in table 1. table 1: geometric constraints of the tricept manipulator. a (mm) b (mm) d (mm) ζ (deg) actuator (mm) 200300 300500 20200 ±60 400-750 5. ga optimization one of the drawbacks of parallel manipulators is their limited workspace volume. here, we apply genetic algorithm for workspace volume optimization. objective function: for achieving the desired workspace with maximum volume the objective function defined as follow: (40) max( )v v ∗ = where v and v ∗ are workspace volumes with unit of mm.rad 2 and workspace volume without considering any constraints (like conditioning index) respectively which can be estimated by the foregoing algorithm. all the parameters which play a role on the workspace volume are considered as the design parameters. they are the moving and base platform radiuses (a and b) and the upper part of passive link length (d). (41) [ ] t , ,a b d=λ iium engineering journal, vol. 12, no. 5, 2011: special issue -1 on science and ethics in engineering hosseini and daniali 15 therefore, the problem can be stated as: (42) v * =max(v(d, ra, rb)) subject to: 1200< a < 300, 300 < b < 500, 20